GRT880 Om CTRL643-01

Grove GRT880
Operator Manual
y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
8968
R
ef
er
en
ce
O
nl
y
1
OPERATOR MANUAL
This manual has been prepared for and is considered part of -
GRT880
y
Crane Model Number
nl
This Manual is divided into the following sections:
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2 SAFETY INFORMATION
O
SECTION 3 OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
SECTION 4 SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION
3
ce
NOTICE
The crane serial number is the only method your distributor or the factory
en
has of providing you with correct parts and service information.
The crane serial number is identified on the builder’s decal attached to the
operator cab. Always furnish crane serial number when ordering parts
or communicating service problems with your distributor or the factory.
4
er
! DANGER
ef
An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death or

serious injury. Do not operate this crane unless:
R
• You are trained in the safe operation of this crane. Manitowoc is not
responsible for qualifying personnel.
• You read, understand, and follow safety and operating
5
recommendations contained in the crane manufacturer’s manuals and
load charts, your employer’s work rules, and applicable government
regulations.
• You are sure all safety signs, guards, and other safety features are in
place and in proper condition.
• Operator Manual and Load Chart are in the holder provided on crane.
6
© 2016 Manitowoc
Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01
WARNING
y
California Proposition 65
nl
Breathing diesel engine exhaust exposes you to
chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
• Always start and operate the engine in a well-
O
ventilated area.
• If in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the
outside.
• Do not modify or tamper with the exhaust system.
ce
• Do not idle the engine except as necessary.
For more information go to www.P65warnings.ca.gov/
diesel.
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain
en
chemical lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to

the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and
other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
California Spark Arrestor
er
Operation of this equipment may create sparks that can

start fires around dry vegetation. A spark arrestor may be
required. The owner/operator should contact local fire
agencies for laws or regulations relating to fire prevention
ef
requirements.
R
The original language of this publication is English.

GRT880 TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Customer Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Noise/vibration Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Noise Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Vibration Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 T
y
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 O
nl
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 C
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
O
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Hydraulic Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
ce
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Information

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
en
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Signal Words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Warning Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
er
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
ef
Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Working Area Limiter (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Crane Stability/Structural Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Load Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
R
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Wind Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Wind Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Lifting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Outrigger Lift Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Multiple Crane Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Pile Driving and Extracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrocution Hazard Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrical Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Grove TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS GRT880
Special Operating Conditions and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Earthing the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Synthetic Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Sheaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
y
Super Capacitor (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
nl
Transporting the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Travel Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Work Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Personal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
O
Crane Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Job Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
ce
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Cold Weather Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
en
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Model Specific Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Crane Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
er
Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Superstructure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Carrier Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
ef
SECTION 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Controls and Procedures

Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Steering column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/Washer/Headlight/Horn Controls . . . . . . 3-3
R
Steering Column Tilt Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Park Brake Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Drive Axle Selector Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Engine Speed (RPM) Increase/Decrease Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Transmission Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Cab Overhead Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Skylight Window Latch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Skylight Wiper and Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Skylight Sunscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Cab Circulating Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
TOC-2
Right Side Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Overhead Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Skylight Wiper Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Heater Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Air Conditioner Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Work Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Crane Function Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Exhaust System Cleaning Switch
(Tier 4 Engine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Exhaust System Cleaning
(Tier 4 Engines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (Tier 4 Engines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
T
y
High Exhaust System Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Control Seat Assembly - Dual Axis Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 O
nl
Boom Lift/Main Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Main Hoist Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
C
Boom Up Bypass Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
O
Lift Function Enable Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Jog Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Outrigger Function Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Differential Lock On/Off Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Rear Steer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
ce
Auxiliary Hoist Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Boom Telescope Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Swing Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Seat Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Air Conditioner/Heater Climate Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
en
Seat Frame Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Armrest Adjustment Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Seat Height Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Limit Bypass Switch (CE Certified Cranes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
er
Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Level Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis Joysticks only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Hoist High Speed Toggle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
ef
Horn Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Free Swing Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Cab Door Release Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
R
Seat Switch (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Control Seat Assembly - Single Axis Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Main Hoist Control (Single Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Boom Lift Control (Single Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control (Single Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Swing Control (Single Axis Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Foot Pedal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
360° Swing Lock Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Telescope Control Pedal (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Service Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Foot Throttle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Miscellaneous Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Fuse and Relay Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Buzzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Grove TOC-3
Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Limit Bypass Switch and Indicator (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
RCL Internal Light Bar (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Strobe Light or Beacon (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Backup Alarm (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Crane Control System (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Crane Control System (CCS) Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Menu Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
CCS Main Screen Symbols and Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
CCS Menu Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
CCS Operation Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
y
Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
nl
Mode of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Outrigger Operation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Telescope Operation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
RCL Setup Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
O
Switch to RCL Home Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
CCS Working Range Limiter (WRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
WRL Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Accessing Limitation Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
ce
Height Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Boom Up/Down Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Radius Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Swing Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Wall Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
en
Economy Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53

Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
er
Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

Pre-Starting Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Crane Warm-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
ef
Engine Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

Crane Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
General Crane Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Level Indicator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
R
Crane Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

Stowing and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
Unattended Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
SECTION 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set-Up and Installation

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Working Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Installing Cable On Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Anti Two Block (A2B) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Checking Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
TOC-4
Reeving Boom Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Installing Wedge and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Bi-fold Swingaway, Off-settable Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Erecting Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Erecting Boom Extension Fly Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Stowing Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Setting Boom Extension Manual Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Erecting and Stowing Bi-fold Boom Extension with 6 m (20 ft) Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Erecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Stowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Connecting and Disconnecting Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
T
y
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 O
nl
Removable Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Counterweight Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
C
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
O
SECTION 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance and Lubrication
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
ce
Standard Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Arctic Lubricants and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cylinder Rod Surface Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
en
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

CraneLUBE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Cummins Oil Registration List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Drive Train (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
er
Drive Train (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Drive Train (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Steering and Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Steering and Suspension (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
ef
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Turntable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Turntable (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Cab Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
R
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Boom (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Boom (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Rust Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Inspection and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Areas of Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
SECTION 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabetical Index
Grove TOC-5
y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R
TOC-6
GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL INTRODUCTION
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION 1
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Torque Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Customer Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Noise/vibration Test results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Noise Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vibration Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
y
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Wheels and Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
nl
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Hydraulic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
O
Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
ce
GENERAL Customer Support
NOTE: Throughout this manual, reference is made to left, Manitowoc and our distributor network want to ensure your
right, front, and rear when describing locations. satisfaction with our products and customer support. Your
These reference locations are to be considered as local distributor is the best equipped and most
en
those viewed from the operator seat with the knowledgeable to assist you for parts, service and warranty
superstructure facing forward over the front of the issues. They have the facilities, parts, factory trained
carrier frame. personnel, and the information to assist you in a timely
manner. We request that you first contact them for
This Operator Manual provides important information for the
assistance. If you feel you need factory assistance, please
operator of the Model GRT880 Grove Crane.
er
ask the distributor’s service management to coordinate the

The rough terrain crane incorporates an all welded steel contact on your behalf.
frame, using planetary drive axles to provide four-wheel
drive. Axle steering is accomplished utilizing hydraulic steer New Owners
cylinders. The engine is mounted at the rear of the crane and
ef
If you are the new owner of a Grove crane, please register it

provides motive power through a six speed forward and with Manitowoc Crane Care so we have the ability to contact
reverse transmission. Hydraulic, double box, sliding beam you if the need arises.
outriggers are integral with the frame.
Go to: http://www.manitowoccranes.com/MCG_CARE/
R
The carrier frame incorporates an integral fifth wheel, to Includes/EN/changeofownership.cfm and complete the form.
which the rear axle is mounted, to provide axle oscillation.
Axle oscillation lockout is automatic when the superstructure NOISE/VIBRATION TEST RESULTS
rotates from the travel position.
The superstructure is capable of 360° rotation in either Noise Level Test Results
direction. All crane functions are controlled from the fully-
• When equipped with the CE certification package, the
enclosed cab mounted on the superstructure. The crane is
guaranteed sound power level is L wa 105 dB(A) as
equipped with a five-section, full power, sequenced and
synchronized boom. Additional reach is obtained by utilizing measured by Directive 2000/14/EC and 80 db(A) at the
an optional swingaway boom extension. Lifting is provided crane operator position as measured by Annex G.1 of
by a main hoist and an auxiliary hoist. EN 13000:2010+A1:2014.
Grove Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01 1-1

INTRODUCTION GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL
Vibration Level Test Results SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION

• At the operator station with closed cab operation, Refer to Figure 1-1.
vibration levels are less than 0.5 m/s/s for Whole Body
Whenever contacting your local Grove distributor or
Vibration exposure and are less than 2.5 m/s/s for Hand
Manitowoc Crane Care have the serial number of the crane
Arm Vibration exposure when measured according to
available.
89/392/EEC Community Legislation on Machinery per
standard ISO 2631/1 - Evaluation of Human Exposure to Serial Numbers are located at the following places on the
Work Body Vibration, ISO 5349 - Guidelines for the crane:
Measurement and Assessment of Human Exposure to
1. Stamped on frame.
Hand Transmitted Vibrations, and ISO/DIS 8041 -
Human Response Vibration Measuring Instrumentation. 2. Data plate inside cab.
y
3. Operator Manual cover.
nl
O
2
1
ce
en
er
8848-4
Serial Number Locations FIGURE 1-1
ef
R
1-2 Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01

1 2 3 4 5 6
1
7
8
9
18
19 10
y
nl
11 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
20 21 22 23 24 25
O
ce
26
30
10
en
29 28 27
FIGURE 1-2
Item Description Item Description

er
1 Boom Nose Sheaves 16 Fuel Tank*

2 Boom 17 Crane Steps
3 Work Lights 18 Hydraulic Valves and Swing Motor Cover
ef
4 Tilt Cab 19 Auxiliary Boom Nose

5 Windshield Washer Fluid Container 20 Auxiliary Hoist
6 Air Conditioning Condenser 21 Main Hoist
R
7 Counterweight 22 Boom Pivot Pin

8 Optional Pinned Slab 23 Hydraulic Valves and Swing Motor Cover
9 Muffler 24 Boom Extension
10 Outrigger Pads 25 Swingaway Extension
11 Outrigger Jack Cylinder 26 Lift Cylinder
12 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank (Tier 4 only) 27 Front Axle
13 Battery Disconnect Switch 28 Hydraulic Fluid Tank
14 Battery and CANbus Compartment 29 Rear Axle
15 Hydraulic Oil Cooler 30 Air Intake Cleaner
*Tier 4 engines use Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel (Max 15 ppm) and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).

LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Engine

General Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier 3
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRT880 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 cycle, Diesel, Turbocharged
Rated Capacity . . . . . . . . . . See Load Chart in cab Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 4 x 4 Horse Power Rating .205 kW (275 hp) @ 2500 rpm
Gross Weight . .See Axle Weight Distribution Table Oil Pan Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 L (18.5 qt)
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 L (40 qt)
Dimensions Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier 4 Final
NOTE: Dimensions listed are for a crane with all Type . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 cycle, Diesel, Turbocharged
components fully retracted in the travel mode with Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Horse Power Rating .205 kW (275 hp) @ 2500 rpm
29.5 x 25 tires. Oil Pan Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 L (18.5 qt)
y
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21 m (166 in) Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 L (40 qt)
Overall Crane Length . . . . . . . . . . 15.07 m (49.4 ft)
Overall Crane Width . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33 m (10.9 ft) Axles
nl
Overall Crane Height . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75 m (12.3 ft)
Outside Turning Radius Total Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.817:1
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 m (23 ft 9 in) Carrier Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86:1
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 m (16 ft 0 in) Planetary Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.235:1
Outside Curb Clearance
Brakes
O
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . 11.7 m (38 ft 5.88 in)
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . .7.1 m (23 ft 3.5 in) Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Disc
Outrigger Spread Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 x 16 mm (18.5 x 0.63 in)
Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.15 m (10 ft 4in)
Mid Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23 m (17 ft 2 in) Wheels and Tires
Fully Extended . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 m (24 ft 0 in)
ce
Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Capacities Torque. . . . . . . . . . 461 to 488 Nm (340 to 360 lb-ft)
Tire Size
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 L (82 gal) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5 x 25, 28 ply rating
Coolant System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Engine Optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5R25, 34 ply rating
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifications
en
Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . See Engine NOTE: For roading and lifting pressures, refer to the Load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifications Chart Book in the cab.
Hydraulic Tank (Reservoir Capacity)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717 L (189.5 gal) Swing Gearbox
Full Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 L (169 gal)
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36:1
er
Model GHP-30A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 L (5 qt) Output Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 in-lb

Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 L (5.25 qt)
Axle Planetary Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 L (8 pt) Boom
Axle Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 L (48 pt) Length. . . . . . . . . . 12.6 to 41.1 m (41.2 to 134.7 ft)
Transmission (includes Torque Converter) Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Tele Section, Full Power
ef
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 L (40 qt) Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to +80 degrees

DEF Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 L (5 gal) Optional Extensions
Lattice Insert (Fixed) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 m (20 ft)
Torque Converter Manual Bi-Fold . . . . 10 or 17 m (32.6 or 56 ft)
Offset at 0, 20, or 40 degrees.
R
Stall Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82:1

Charge Pump Capacity . . . . . . . .76 L/min (20 gpm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @ 2000 rpm Swivel Assembly
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Slip Rings
Transmission Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ports
Gear Ratios Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ports
Forward and Reverse
Low Range
1st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.59
2nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.06
3rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.22
High Range
4th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.33
5th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.08
6th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.76

Hydraulic Pumps Hoists

Drum Dimensions
NOTE: Pump output figures are theoretical.
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 mm (15 in)
Length (Standard) . . . . . . . . 467 mm (18.38 in)
1
Pump #1 Cable
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 mm (0.75 in)
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Length-Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 m (702 ft)
Output - @ loaded engine speed Length-Aux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 m (702 ft)
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.4 L/min (54 gpm) Max. Permissible Line Pull (6x36)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,620 kg (16,800 lb)
Pump #2 Max. Single Line Speed . . . . . 148 m/min (487 fpm)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Piston
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Output - @ loaded engine speed
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.4 L/min (54 gpm)
y
Pump #3
nl
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Output - @ loaded engine speed
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 86.7 L/min (22.9 gpm)
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R

GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION 2
SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION CONTENTS
Safety Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Signal Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
2
y
Warning Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Synthetic Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Accidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
nl
Sheaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Super Capacitor (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
O
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems Transporting the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
(If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Working Area Limiter (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Work Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
ce
Crane Stability/Structural Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Personal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Load Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Crane Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Job Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Wind Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
en
Wind Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Lifting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Outrigger Lift Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Multiple Crane Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
er
Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Pile Driving and Extracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . 2-39
ef
Crane Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . 2-39

Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Model Specific Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Crane Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Electrocution Hazard Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
R
Electrical Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Special Operating Conditions and Equipment . . 2-25 Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Earthing the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Superstructure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Carrier Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
SAFETY MESSAGES be overemphasized. Carelessness or neglect on the part of

operators, job supervisors and planners, rigging personnel,
General and job site workers can result in their death or injury and
costly damage to the crane and property.
The importance of safe operation and maintenance cannot

SAFETY INFORMATION GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL
To alert personnel to hazardous operating practices and This information has been provided to assist in promoting a
maintenance procedures, safety messages are used safe working atmosphere for yourself and those around you.
throughout the manual. Each safety message contains a It is not meant to cover every conceivable circumstance
safety alert symbol and a signal word to identify the hazard’s which could arise. It is intended to present basic safety
degree of seriousness. precautions that should be followed in daily operation.
Safety Alert Symbol Because you are the only part of the crane that can think and
reason, your responsibility is not lessened by the addition of
operational aids or warning devices. Indeed, you must guard
against acquiring a false sense of security when using them.
They are there to assist, not direct the operation. Operational
This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! aids or warning devices can be mechanical, electrical,
Become alert - your safety is involved! Obey all safety electronic, or a combination thereof. They are subject to
y
messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death failure or misuse and should not be relied upon in place of
or injury. good operating practices.
nl
You are the only one who can be relied upon to assure the
Signal Words safety of yourself and those around you. Be a professional
and follow the rules of safety.
Remember, failure to follow just one safety precaution could
O
cause an accident that results in death or serious injury to
DANGER
personnel or damage to equipment. You are responsible for
Identifies hazards that will result in death or serious injury
the safety of yourself and those around you.
if the message is ignored.
ce
Warning Signs
Refer to the Parts Manual for a drawing indicating the
WARNING location of warning signs on the crane.
Identifies hazards that may result in death or serious
ACCIDENTS
en
injury if the message is ignored.

Following any accident or damage to equipment, the
Manitowoc dealer must be immediately advised of the
incident and consulted on necessary inspections and
repairs. Should the dealer not be immediately available,
er
CAUTION contact should be made directly with Manitowoc Product

Identifies hazards that could result in minor or moderate Safety at the address below. The crane must not be returned
injury if the message is ignored. to service until it is thoroughly inspected for any evidence of
damage. All damaged parts must be repaired or replaced as
ef
authorized by your Manitowoc distributor and/or Manitowoc

Crane Care.
CAUTION
If this crane becomes involved in a property damage and/or
Without the safety alert symbol, identifies hazards that
personal injury accident, immediately contact your
R
could result in property damage if the message is ignored.

Manitowoc distributor. If the distributor is unknown and/or
cannot be reached, contact Product Safety at:
NOTE: Emphasizes operation or maintenance
procedures. The Manitowoc Company, Inc.
1565 East Buchanan Trail
GENERAL Shady Grove, PA 17256-0021
It is impossible to compile a list of safety precautions Phone: 888-777-3378 (888-PSR.DEPT)

covering all situations. However, there are basic principles 717-597-8121
that must be followed during your daily routine. Safety is Fax: 717-593-5152
your primary responsibility, since any piece of equipment E-mail: product.safety@manitowoc.com
is only as safe as the person at the controls.
Read and follow the information located in Model Specific
Information near the end of this section.

OPERATOR INFORMATION with crane operations and the hazards involved. Such a
person shall meet the operator qualifications specified in
You must read and understand this Operator Manual and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
the Load Chart before operating your new crane. You must Regulations (United States Federal Law), in ASME B30.5
also view and understand the supplied safety video. This American National Standard, or in any other applicable
manual and Load Chart must be readily available to the federal, state or local laws.
operator at all times and must remain in the cab (if equipped)
or operator’s station while the crane is in use. Ensure that all personnel working around the crane are
thoroughly familiar with safe operating practices. You must
The Operator Manual supplied with and considered part of be thoroughly familiar with the location and content of all
your crane must be read and completely understood by each placards and decals on the crane. Decals provide important
person responsible for assembly, disassembly, operation instructions and warnings and must be read prior to any
and maintenance of the crane. operational or maintenance function.
2
y
No personnel shall be allowed to climb onto the crane or Refer to the Parts Manual for this crane for the locations of all
enter the crane cab or operator’s station unless performance safety decals.
nl
of their duties require them to do so, and then only with
knowledge of the operator or other qualified person. You must be familiar with the regulations and standards
governing cranes and their operation. Work practice
Allow No One other than the operator to be on the crane requirements may vary slightly between government
while the crane is operating or moving, unless they are regulations, industry standards, and employer policies so a
O
seated in a two-man cab. thorough knowledge of all such relevant work rules is
necessary.
ce
en
er
An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death

or serious injury.
ef
You must not operate this crane unless:

• You have been trained in the safe operation of this
crane.
R
Do not remove the Load Chart, this Operator Manual, or

any decal from this crane. • You read, understand, and follow the safety and
operating recommendations contained in the
Inspect the crane every day (before the start of each shift). manufacturer’s manuals, your employer’s work rules,
Ensure that routine maintenance and lubrication are being and applicable government regulations.
dutifully performed. Don’t operate a damaged or poorly
maintained crane. You risk lives when operating faulty • You are sure the crane has been inspected and
machinery - including your own. maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
manuals and is operating properly.
If adjustments or repairs are necessary, the operator shall
notify the next operator. • You are sure that all safety signs, guards, and other
safety features are in place and in proper condition.
OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS Do not attempt to operate the crane unless you are trained
Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of and thoroughly familiar with all operational functions.
knowledge, training and experience is thoroughly familiar Controls and design may vary from crane to crane; therefore,

it is important that you have specific training on the particular weight of the load does not exceed the crane ratings at
crane you will be operating. the radius where the load is to be handled.
Training is ESSENTIAL for proper crane operation. Never • When a Boom Angle or Radius Indicator is inoperative
jeopardize your own well-being or that of others by or malfunctioning, the radius or boom angle shall be
attempting to operate a crane on which you have not been determined by measurement.
trained.
• When an Anti-Two-Blocking Device, Two-Blocking
You must be mentally and physically fit to operate a crane. Damage Prevention Device or Two-Block Warning
Never attempt to operate a crane while under the influence Device is inoperative or malfunctioning, the designated
of medication, narcotics, or alcohol. Any type of drug could person responsible for supervising the lifting operations
i m pa i r p h y s i c a l , v i s u a l a n d m e n ta l r e a c t i o n s , a n d shall establish procedures, such as assigning an
capabilities. additional signal person to furnish equivalent protection.
This does not apply when lifting personnel in load-line
y
As operator of this crane, you are granted the authority to
supported personnel platforms. Personnel shall not be
stop and refuse to lift loads until safety is assured.
lifted when anti-two-block devices are not functioning
nl
properly.
OPERATIONAL AIDS
• When a Boom Length Indicator is inoperative or
Operational aids are accessories that provide information to malfunctioning, the designated person responsible for
facilitate operation of a crane or that take control of particular supervising the lifting operations shall establish the
O
functions without action of the operator when a limiting boom lengths at which the lift will be made by actual
condition is sensed, as stated in the latest revision of the measurements or marking on the boom.
ASME B30.5, and ASME B30.8 standards. Examples of
such devices include, but are not limited to, the following: • When a Level Indicator is inoperative or malfunctioning,
other means shall be used to level the crane.
ce
anti-two-block device, rated capacity indicator, rated capacity
limiter, boom angle or radius indicator, boom length indicator,
crane level indicator, hoist drum rotation indicator, load Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems (If
indicator, and wind speed indicator. Equipped)
Manitowoc remains committed to providing reliable products Your crane may be equipped with an RCL system which is
en
that enable users and operators to safely lift and position intended to aid the operator. An RCL is a device that
loads. Manitowoc has been an industry leader in the automatically monitors radius, load weight, and load rating
incorporation of operational aids into the design of its cranes. and prevents movements of the crane, which would result in
Federal law requires that cranes be properly maintained and an overload condition.
kept in good working condition. The manuals that Manitowoc
Test daily for proper operation. Never interfere with the
er
provides that are specific for each crane and the

proper functioning of operational aids or warning devices.
manufacturer’s manuals for the operational aids shall be
followed. If an operational aid should fail to work properly, the Under no condition should it be relied upon to replace the
crane user or owner must assure that repair or recalibration use of Load Charts and operating instructions. Sole reliance
ef
is accomplished as soon as is reasonably possible. If upon these electronic aids in place of good operating
immediate repair or recalibration of an operational aid is not practices can cause an accident.
possible and there are exceptional circumstances which
Know the weight of all loads and always check the capacity
justify continued short-term use of the crane when
of the crane as shown on the Load Chart before making any
R
operational aids are inoperative or malfunctioning, the

lifts.
following requirements shall apply for continued use or
shutdown of the crane: NEVER exceed the rated capacity shown on the Load Chart.
Always check the Load Chart to ensure the load to be lifted
• Steps shall be taken to schedule repairs and
at the desired radius is within the rated capacity of the crane.
recalibration immediately. The operational aids shall be
put back into service as soon as replacement parts, if For detailed information concerning the operation and
required, are available and the repairs and recalibration maintenance of the RCL system installed on the crane, see
can be carried out. Every reasonable effort must be the RCL manufacturer’s manual supplied with the crane.
made to expedite repairs and recalibration. Manufacturers of rated capacity limiters may refer to them in
their manuals as a load moment indicator (LMI), a hydraulic
• When a Load Indicator, Rated Capacity Indicator, or
capacity alert system (HCAS), a safe load indicator (SLI), or
Rated Capacity Limiter is inoperative or malfunctioning,
an EKS5; Manitowoc refers to these systems as a rated
the designated person responsible for supervising the
capacity limiter (RCL) throughout its Operator and Service
lifting operations shall establish procedures for
Manuals.
determining load weights and shall ascertain that the

Anti-Two-Blocking Device the boom is lowered. Keep load handling devices a minimum
of 107 cm (42 in) below the boom nose at all times.
This crane should have a functional Anti-Two-Block and
Control Lock-Out System. Test daily for proper operation. Two-blocking can be prevented. Operator awareness of the
hazards of two-blocking is the most important factor in
Two-blocking occurs when the load block (hook block, preventing this condition. An Anti-Two-Block System is
headache ball, rigging, etc.) comes into physical contact with intended to assist the operator in preventing dangerous two-
the boom (boom nose, sheaves, jib, etc.). Two-blocking can block conditions. It is not a replacement for operator
cause hoist rope (wire rope or synthetic rope), rigging, awareness and competence.
reeving, and other components to become highly stressed
and overloaded in which case the hoist rope may fail Never interfere with the proper functioning of operational
allowing the load, block, etc. to free fall. aids or warning devices.
Two-blocking is more likely to occur when both the main and Working Area Limiter (If Equipped)
2
y
auxiliary hoist lines are reeved over the main boom nose and
jib nose respectively. An operator, concentrating on the This crane may be equipped with a working area limiter as
part of the RCL system, designated as either Work Area
nl
specific line being used, may telescope or lower the boom
allowing the other hoist line attachment to contact the boom Definition System (WADS) or Working Range Limiter (WRL).
or jib nose, thus causing damage to the sheaves, or causing You must read and understand the operator manual before
the hoist rope to fail, dropping the lifting device to the ground operating the working area limiter system. Become familiar
with all proper operating procedures and with the
O
and possibly injuring personnel working below.
identification of symbol usage.
Caution must be used when lowering the boom, extending
the boom or hoisting up. Let out load line(s) simultaneously The working area limiter is intended to be used as an aid to
to prevent two-blocking the boom tip(s) and the hook block, the operator. It is not a substitute for safe crane operating
practices, experience and good operator judgements.
ce
etc. The closer the load is carried to the boom nose the more
important it becomes to simultaneously let out hoist rope as
en
er
ef
R

CRANE STABILITY/STRUCTURAL slightly off the ground and recheck the stability before
STRENGTH proceeding with the lift. Determine the weight of the load
before you attempt the lift.
To avoid death or serious injury, ensure that the crane is on a
Unless lifting within On Rubber capacities, outrigger beams
firm surface with load and crane’s configuration within
and jack cylinders (plus center front stabilizer, if equipped)
capacity as shown on the crane’s Load Chart and notes.
must be properly extended and set to provide precise
Ensure all pins and floats are properly installed and outrigger leveling of the crane. Tires must be clear of the ground
beams are properly extended before lifting on outriggers. On before lifting on outriggers.
models equipped with outriggers that can be pinned at the
mid-extend position (vertical stripe, if applicable), the
outriggers must also be pinned when operating from the mid-
extend position.
y
Use adequate cribbing under outrigger floats to distribute
weight over a greater area. Check frequently for settling.
nl
Read and follow the following safety decal for cranes with
center front stabilizers.
O
ce
en
KEEP THE BOOM SHORT. Swinging loads with a long line

can create an unstable condition and possible structural
failure of the boom.
er
Load Charts
Load Charts represent the absolute maximum allowable
Carefully follow the procedures in this Operator Manual loads, which are based on either tipping or structural
limitations of the crane under specific conditions. Knowing
ef
when extending or retracting the outriggers. Death or serious

injury could result from improper crane setup on outriggers. the precise load radius, boom length, and boom angle
should be a part of your routine planning and operation.
The operator must select the proper Load Chart and Rated Actual loads, including necessary allowances, should be
Capacity Limiter (RCL) System program for the outrigger kept below the capacity shown on the applicable Load Chart.
R
position selected.
Load Chart capacities are based on freely suspended loads.
Before swinging the superstructure over the side when the
outriggers are retracted, check the Load Chart for backwards You must use the appropriate Load Chart when determining
stability. the capability of the crane in the configuration required to
perform the lift.
Long cantilever booms can create a tipping condition when
in an extended and lowered position. Retract the boom Maximum lifting capacity is available at the shortest radius,
proportionally with reference to the capacity of the applicable minimum boom length, and highest boom angle.
Load Chart. Do not remove the Load Charts from the crane.
Check crane stability before lifting loads. Ensure the
outriggers (or tires if lifting on rubber) are firmly positioned on Work Site
solid surfaces. Ensure the crane is level, brakes are set, and Prior to any operation, you must inspect the entire work site,
the load is properly rigged and attached to the hook. Check including ground conditions, where the crane will travel and
the Load Chart against the weight of the load. Lift the load

operate. Be sure that the surfaces will support a load greater Wind can have a significant effect on loads that may be lifted
than the crane’s weight and maximum capacity. by a crane. Wind forces act differently on a crane depending
upon the direction from which the wind is blowing (e.g., wind
Be aware of all conditions that could adversely effect the
on the rear of the boom can result in decreased forward
stability of the crane.
stability, wind on the underside of the boom can result in
Be aware of the danger for people entering the working area. decreased backward stability, wind on the side of the boom
Do not allow unnecessary personnel in the vicinity of the can result in structural damages, etc.)
crane while operating.
Wind forces can exert extreme dynamic loads. Manitowoc
recommends that a lift not be made if the wind can cause a
WIND FORCES loss of control in handling the load.
There are basic principles that must be followed while Wind forces can be determined by typical visible effects on
operating in windy conditions. This information has been the landscape.To assist you in determining prevailing wind
2
y
provided to assist in determining safe operation in windy conditions, refer to Table 2-1.
conditions.
NOTE: The wind speed corresponding to the Beaufort
nl
Always use extreme caution when windy conditions exist. scale in the table is mean wind speed at 10 m
NEVER exceed the rated capacity shown on the Load Chart. (33 ft) elevation over a period of 10 minutes.
Always check the Load Chart to ensure the load to be
O
lifted is within the rated capacity of the crane.
Table 2-1 Beaufort Wind Scale
Maximum Wind Speed

ce
Beaufort Visible Indicator
Description m/s km/h mph
Number Effects of wind as observed on land
Zero (0) Calm 0.3 1.1 0.7 Calm; smoke rises vertically
Smoke drift indicates wind direction. Leaves and wind vanes
en
1 Light Air 1.5 5.4 3.4

are stationary.
Wind felt on exposed skin. Leaves rustle. Wind vanes begin to
2 Light Breeze 3.3 11.9 7.4
move.
Gentle Leaves and small twigs constantly moving. Light flags
3 5.4 19.4 12.1
er
Breeze extended.
Moderate
4 7.9 28.4 17.7 Dust and loose paper raised. Small branches begin to move.
Breeze
Fresh Branches of a moderate size move. Small trees in leaf begin to
ef
5 10.7 38.5 23.9

Breeze sway.
Strong Large branches in motion. Whistling heard in overhead wires.
6 13.8 49.7 30.9
Breeze Umbrella use becomes difficult. Empty plastic bins tip over.
R
7 High Wind 17.1 61.6 38.3 Whole trees in motion. Effort needed to walk against the wind.
Some twigs broken from trees. Cars veer on road. Progress on
8 Gale 20.7 74.5 46.3
foot is seriously impeded.
Some branches break off trees, and some small trees blow
9 Strong Gale 24.4 87.8 54.6
over. Construction/temporary signs and barricades blow over.
10 Storm 28.4 102.2 63.5 Trees are broken off or uprooted, structural damage likely.
Wind Speeds wind speed recorded at crane operation site. For lift planning
purposes only, the 3-second wind gust speed, V(z), may be
The maximum permissible wind speed referred to in the load calculated based on mean wind speed reported at http://
charts is the 3-second wind gust speed measured at the www.windfinder.com “Super Forecast”.
boom tip height and is designated as V(z). This value is
either recorded at boom tip or calculated based on mean

This 3-second wind gust is assumed to act on the entire

crane and the load. The wind effect on the load can be
conservatively estimated as:
a) If V(z) is ≤ 13.4 m/s (30 mph), then the allowable
load is the published rated capacity from the Load Chart.
b) If V(z) is > 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and is ≤ 20.1 m/s
(45 mph), the allowable load is the published rated
capacity multiplied by the Capacity Reduction Factor
from Table 2-4 (metric) or (non-metric).
NOTE: This condition is limited to operation with the main
boom on fully extended outriggers only.
y
c) If V(z) is > 20.1 m/s (45 mph), then lifting is NOT
permitted. Cease lifting operations and lower and retract
nl
the boom.
In both cases a) and b) above, the lift may also be limited by
the projected wind area of the load Ap and by the wind drag
coefficient Cd: This limit can be determined by comparing
O
the Actual wind resistance area with the Allowable wind
resistance area.
Refer to Figure 2-2 for a simplified calculation method to
determine permissible wind speed.
ce
en
er
ef
R

Simplified Method to Determine Maximum Permissible Wind Speed
Determine 3-Second Gust

V(z) = [(z/10)0.14 + 0.4]v [m/s]
Wind Speed at boom tip, V(z) = [(z/33)0.14 + 0.4]v [mph]
V(z)
13.4 m/s < V(z) < 20.1 m/s V(z) > 20.1 m/s (45 mph)
V(z) < 13.4 m/s (30 mph) (30 mph < V(z) < 45 mph)
Main Boom Use Main Boom on
Fully Extended Outriggers ONLY
y
Lifting is not permitted.
Cease Lifting Operations
Allowable load =
nl
Calculate Allowable Load
Published Rated Capacity
Allowable Load = Published Rated Capacity

X Capacity Reduction Factor
(from Load Chart Notes)
O
Ap = maximum height X maximum length
Determine Ap See Figure 2-2
Calculate
ce
Determine Cd of Load Awr (load) = Ap X Cd
NO
2
Ap / Allowable Load < 0.5 m /t ?
(Ap / Allowable Load < 0.0025 ft2/lb)
From Figure 2-3

Calculate
Awr (Allow) of allowable load
en
YES
Awr (Allow) = 1.2 m2/t
(Awr (Allow) = 0.0059 ft2/lb)
YES
Awr (Allow) >Awr (load) ?
er
NO
Calculate Ratio:
Awr (load) / Awr (Allow)
ef
Determine Maximum Permissible Wind

From (Table 2-3) Speed
R
YES
Maximum Permissible
Wind Speed > V(z)?
NO
Lifting is not permitted.

It is permissible to lift Allowable load Cease Lifting Operations.
at this windspeed, V(z) Plan the lift when V(z) < calculated
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed.
V(z) = 3 second gust wind speed at boom tip, m/s (mph) Awr (load) = Actual Wind Resistance Area for the Load, m2(ft)
Ap = Projected Wind Area of Load, m2 (ft2) Awr (Allow) = Allowable Wind Resistance Area of the Load, m2 (ft2
Cd = air drag coefficient of load
FIGURE 2-1

Determination of 3-second wind gust speed at boom The lift may also be limited by the projected wind area of the
tip height: load Ap and by the wind drag coefficient Cd. This limit can be
determined by comparing the actual wind resistance area of
The following example illustrates how to calculate 3-second the load with the allowable wind resistance area.
wind gust speed at boom tip height based on mean wind
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd (2.3)
speed recorded by the device located at the crane operation
site: where:
V(z) is the 3-second wind gust speed at boom tip Awr(load) [m2] [ft2] . - Wind resistant area of the load
height Z then:
Ap [m2] [ft2] - projected wind area,
Metric, with Z [m] and V [m/s]
Cd - wind drag coefficient.
V(z) = [(Z/10)0.14 + 0.4] x V (2.1)
Ap is determined by using the calculation of maxi-
y
Non-metric, with Z [ft] and V [mph]
mum height x maximum length (see Figure 2-3).
V(z) = [(Z/33)0.14 + 0.4] x V (2.2)
nl
where: For Cd, refer to Table 2-2. If the Cd cannot be cal-
culated or estimated, use a value of 2.4.
V [m/s] [mph] - Mean wind speed at 10 m (22 ft)
elevation (upper limit of Beaufort scale) The allowable wind resistant area of the load Awr(allow) is
O
equal to 0.0012 square meters per kilogram (0.0059 sq.ft per
Example: Suppose you want to lift the load with the
maximum boom tip height of 30 m (100 ft) and the recorded pound) of allowable load:
mean wind speed by the device located at the crane Metric, with m(load) [kg] - Mass of the allowable load
operation site is 5.5 m/s (13 mph). This mean wind speed of
Awr(allow) = 0.0012 × m(load) (2.4)
5.5 m/s (13 mph) corresponds to Beaufort number 4 (see
ce
Table 2-1). The maximum wind velocity according to the Non-metric, with m(load) [lb] - Mass of the allowable load
Beaufort scale of 4 is 7.9 m/s (17.7 mph). Awr(allow) = 0.0059 × m(load) (2.5)
The mean wind speed (upper limit of Beaufort number) at If Awr(load) is greater than Awr(allow), then lifting this load at
10 m (33 ft) height, to be used for calculation is: this wind speed V(z) is NOT permitted.
en
V = 7.9 m/s (17.7 mph)

Boom tip height for this lift is Z = 30 m (100 ft)
then:
Metric, with Z [m] and V [m/s]
er
V(z) = [(30/10)0.14 + 0.4] x 7.9 = 12.4 m/s

Non-metric, with Z [ft] and V [mph]
V(z) = [(100/33)0.14 + 0.4] x 17.7 = 27.8 mph
ef
Since V(z) is ≤ 13.4 m/s (30 mph), the allowable loads are
the published rated capacities from the Load Chart and can
be lifted at this condition.
R
Size and Shape of the load:

These rated capacities are also based on the assumption
that the Wind Resistance Area of load, Awr(load) is not more
than 0.0012 square meters per kilogram (0.0059 sq.ft per
pound of load. (See below Formulas 2.4 and 2.5.)
The load capacities shall be reduced to account for the larger
wind resistance area of load and 3-second wind gust speed
at boom tip height. Use tag lines when the wind gust speed is
above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) to help control the movement of the
load. Manitowoc recommends that a lift not be made if
the wind can cause a loss of control in handling the
load.

Calculation of Projected Wind Area (Ap):
8m
8m
Wind Wind
1m 3m
Ap = 8 m2 Ap = 24 m2
3m 1m
y
25 ft
nl
25 ft
Wind
Wind
O
3 ft 10 ft
Ap = 75 ft2 Ap = 250 ft2

ce
8384-1 10 ft 3 ft
FIGURE 2-2
Determining Wind Drag Coefficient (Cd)

en
Table 2-2 shows the typical Shapes and corresponding Wind

Drag Coefficient (Cd) values.
If the exact Wind Drag Coefficient of a shape is not known,
use the maximum value of the shape’s range
er
(Table 2-2).
If the wind drag coefficient of the load cannot be estimated or
determined, it shall be assumed that (Cd) = 2.4.
ef
R

Table 2-2 Wind Drag Coefficient Maximum Permissible Wind Speed
Shape Cd
If the wind resistant area of the load Awr(load) is greater than
the allowable wind resistant area Awr(allow), the ratio can be
used to determine a permissible wind speed V(z) for the load
1.1 to 2.0
using Table 2-3.
0.3 to 0.4
0.6 to 1.0
y
nl
0.8 to 1.2
0.2 to 0.3
O
0.05 to 0.1
Turbine Blade or
ce
Complete Rotor
Approximately 1.6
8384-2
en
Table 2-3 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Non - metric
Note: Permissible and rated wind speeds in this table are the 3-second gust wind speeds at boom tip height.
er
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (mph)
For Rated Capacity at 30 mph 27.4 25.4 23.7 22.4 21.2
ef
For Allowable Capacity at 45 mph 41.1 38.0 35.6 33.5 31.8

R

Rated Load Chart Example - Metric
y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
8383-1
FIGURE 2-3

Table 2-4 Example-Capacity Reduction Factors for Wind Speed V(z) Greater than 13.4 m/s - Metric
(Only for lifting with main boom on fully extended outriggers, with or without stowed extension)
For wind speed V(z) (3-second gust speed at boom tip height) V(z) > 13.4 m/s ≤ 20.1 m/s, the Reduced Capacity
shall be calculated by multiplying the Published Rated Capacity by the following factors:
Main Boom Length in Meters
Wind Speed
V(z) > 13.4 m/s 10.9 12.2 15.2 18.4 21.3 24.4 27.4 30.5 33.5
< 20.1 m/s
y
Factor 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) shall not exceed maximum allowable wind resistance area Awr(allow).
nl
Maximum allowable wind resistance area, [m2] Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x calculated reduced capacity in kg.
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) = projected wind area Ap x wind drag coefficient Cd for the load.
For wind resistance Area of load, Awr (load) > maximum allowable wind resistance area, Awr(allow) refer to crane
O
Operator Manual.
Table 2-5 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Metric
ce
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (m/s)
For Rated Capacity at 13.4 m/s 12.2 11.4 10.6 10.0 9.5
en
For Allowable Capacity at 20.1 m/s 18.3 17.0 15.9 15.0 14.2
Example and Sample Calculations (metric) Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x m(load) (2.4)

The following example illustrates how to calculate allowable Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x 15,050 = 18.06 m2
load while operating in wind speed (3-second wind gust
er
speed) above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and maximum permissible Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) ≤ 13.4 m/s at this
wind speeds with various combinations of lifted load and configuration:
wind resistance area. • Maximum load 15,050 kg
ef
NOTE: Permissible and calculated wind speeds in this

• Maximum wind resistance area of load 18.06 m2
example are the 3-second wind gust speeds at
boom tip height V(z).
For the allowable wind speed > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s,
Example 1: Crane Configuration: reduce the allowable load. Per Table 2-4, the Factor for main
R
boom length of 27.4 m is 0.8, the allowable load is:

• boom length = 27.4 m,
m(allow) = 0.8 x 15,050 = 12,040 kg
• load radius = 9 m,
• wind speed is measured at V(z) ≤ 20.1 m/s. This reduced capacity load has an allowable wind resistance
area of:
From the Rated Load Chart Example - Metric
(Figure 2-3), at maximum permissible wind speed, V(z) = Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x 12,040 = 14.45 m2
13.4 m/s, the rated lifting c apacity m ( a l l o w ) for th is
configuration is 15,050 kg. Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 13.4 m/s and
≤ 20.1 m/s, at this configuration:
The maximum allowable wind resistance area of load is
• Maximum load 12,040 kg
• Maximum wind resistance area of load 14.45 m2

At wind speeds greater than 13.4 m/s, it is not permissible to Load example 1.3a:
lift a load greater than 12,040 kg, even if the wind resistance
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
area of the load is less than 14.45 m2.
• Load to be lifted of 14,000 kg,
Refer to the information from the above crane configuration,
examine several load conditions. • Projected Wind Area Ap = 21.85 m2,
Load example 1.1: • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.2
With known Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, and the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
• load to be lifted of 11,200 kg, Awr(load) = Ap X Cd = 21.85 x 1.2 = 26.22 m2
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 9.20 m2, Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind
speed V(z) > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load
2
y
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.5 to the allowable:
wind resistance area of load can be estimated as • Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
nl
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 9.2 x 1.5 = 13.8 m2 14,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg NO
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) speed up to 20.1 m/s.
O
> 13.4 m/s and ≤ to 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind
resistant area to the allowable:
speed V(z) < 3.4 m/s. Comparing the load to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
11,200 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES
14,000 kg ≤ 15,050 kg YES
ce
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow) ?
The maximum permissible wind speed for this load is
13.8 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 YES 13.4 m/s, depending on the wind resistance area of the load.
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up • Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
to 20.1 m/s.
26.22 m2 ≤ 18.06 m2 NO
en

Load example 1.2: speed at 13.4 m/s, but is permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:
With unknown Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd,
er
• Load to be lifted of 10,000 kg, Ratio = 1.45

• Projected Wind Area Ap = 5.45 m2,
From Table 2-5, the maximum permissible wind speed at
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = unknown ratio of 1.45 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.6) is
ef
10.6 m/s.
NOTE: If exact Wind Drag Coefficient is not known, it shall
be assumed as 2.4. Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 10.6 m/s only.
• the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
R
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 5.45 x 2.4 = 13.08 m2 Load example 1.3b:
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at V(z) > 13.4 m/s With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load) ,
and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind resistant area • Load to be lifted of 8,000 kg,
to the allowable:
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 15.25 m2,
10,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.3
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow) ? the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
2 m2
13.08 m ≤ 14.45 YES Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 15.25 x 1.3 = 19.83 m2
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)
to 20.1 m/s. > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind


8,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
19.83 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 NO
speed up to 20.1 m/s, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
Ratio = 1.37
y
ratio of 1.37 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.4) is
17.0 m/s.
nl
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 17.0 m/s only.
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

Rated Load Chart Example - Non-metric
y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
8382-1
FIGURE 2-4

Table 2-6Example-Capacity Reduction Factors for Wind Speed V(z) Greater than 30 mph - Non-metric
(Only for lifting with main boom on fully extended outriggers, with or without stowed extension)
For wind speed Vz (3-second gust speed at boom tip height) is greater > 30> mph ≤ 45 mph, the Reduced Capacity
shall be calculated by multiplying the Published Rated Capacity by the following factors:
Main Boom Length in Feet
Wind Speed
Vz< 30 mph 36 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
< 45 mph
Factor 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.5
y
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load), shall not exceed maximum allowable wind resistance area Awr(allow).
nl
Maximum allowable wind resistance area in [ft2],Awr (allow) = 0.0059 x calculated reduced capacity in lb.
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) = projected wind area Ap x wind drag coefficient Cd for the load.
For wind resistance area of load, Awr (load) > maximum allowable wind resistance, Awr (allow), refer to crane Operator
O
Manual.
Table 2-7 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Non-Metric
ce
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (mph)
For Rated Capacity@ 30 mph 27.4 mph 25.4 mph 23.7 mph 22.4 mph 21.2 mph
en
For Allowable Capacity@ 45 mph 41.1 mph 38.0 mph 35.6 mph 33.5 mph 31.8 mph
Example and Sample Calculations (Non-metric) Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x m(load) (2.5)

The following example illustrates how to calculate allowable Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x 25,200 = 149 ft2
er
load while operating in wind speed (3-second wind gust

speed) above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and maximum permissible Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) < 30 mph at this
wind speeds with various combinations of lifted load and configuration:
wind resistance area. • Maximum load 25,200 lb
ef
NOTE: Permissible and calculated wind speeds in this

• Maximum wind resistance area of load 149 ft2
example are the 3-second wind gust speeds at
boom tip height V(z).
For the allowable wind speed > 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph,
R
Example 2: reduce the allowable load. , the Factor for a main boom
length of 90 ft is 0.8, thus the allowable load is:
A crane is configured with:
m(allow) = 0.8 x 25,200 = 20,160 lb
• boom length = 90 ft,
This reduced capacity load has an allowable wind resistance
• load radius = 40 ft, and area of:
• wind speed is measured at V(z) ≤ 45 mph. Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x 20,160 = 119 ft2
The Rated Load Chart Example - Non-metric (Figure 2-4),
at maximum permissible wind speed, V(z) = 30 mph, the
rated lifting capacity m (allow) for this configuration is
25,200 lb.
The maximum allowable wind resistance area of load is:

108 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 YES

Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 30 mph
to 45 mph.
and ≤ 45 mph at this configuration:
Load example 2.3a:
• Maximum load 20,160 lb
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
• Maximum wind resistance area of load 119 ft2
• Load to be lifted of 22,000 lb,
Example, wind speeds greater than 13.4 m/s is NOT
permissible to lift a load greater than 20,160 lb, even if the • Projected Wind Area Ap = 180 ft2,
wind resistance area of the load is less than 119 ft2. • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.2
Refer to the above crane configuration for the following load the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
2
y
conditions: Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 180 x 1.2 = 216 ft2
nl
Load example 2.1: Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) >
With known Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load to the allowable:
• load to be lifted of 19,500 lb, • Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
22,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb NO
O
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 70 ft2, Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.5 speed up to 45 mph.
then the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) up to
ce
30 mph. Comparing the load to the allowable:
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 70 x 1.5 = 105 ft2
Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 30 22,000 lb ≤ 25,200 lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YES
mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind resistant The permissible wind speed for this load is 30 mph,
area to the allowable: depending on the wind resistance area of the load.
en
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load? • Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow),?
19,500 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES
216 ft2 ≤ 149 ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO
105 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 YES speed at 30 mph, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
er
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up speed calculated as follows:
to 45 mph.
Load example 2.2: Ratio = 1.45
ef
With unknown Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd,

• Load to be lifted of 18,000 lb, ratio of 1.45 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.6) is
23.7 mph.
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 45 ft2,
R

• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = unknown
to 23.7 mph only.
NOTE: If exact Wind Drag Coefficient is not known, it shall
be assumed as 2.4.
Load example 2.3b:
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 45 x 2.4 = 108 ft2 • Load to be lifted of 12,000 lb,

Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) • Projected Wind Area Ap = 125 ft2,
> 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind
resistant area to the allowable: • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.3
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load? the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
18,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 125 x 1.3 = 162 ft2

Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) injury could result from the crane tipping over or failing
> 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind structurally from overload.
The crane can tip over or fail structurally if:
• The load and crane’s configuration is not within the
12,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES
capacity as shown on the applicable Load Chart and
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow),? notes.
162 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 NO • The ground is soft and/or the surface conditions are
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind poor.
speed up to 45 mph, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
• Outriggers are not properly extended and set. On
models equipped with outriggers that can be pinned at
the mid-extend position, the outriggers must also be
y
Ratio = 1.37
pinned when operating from the mid-extend position.
• Cribbing under the outrigger pads is inadequate.
nl
From Table Table 2-7, the maximum permissible wind speed
at ratio of 1.37 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.4) is • The crane is improperly operated.
38.0 mph.
Do not rely on the crane’s tipping to determine your lifting
O
capacity.
to 38.0 mph only.
Be sure the hoist line is vertical before lifting. Do not subject
Lifting Operations the crane to side loading. A side load can tip the crane or
cause it to fail structurally.
Before lifting, position the crane on a firm surface, properly
ce
extend and set the outriggers, and level the crane. Load Chart capacities are based on freely suspended loads.
Depending on the nature of the supporting surface, Do not pull posts, pilings, or submerged articles. Be sure the
adequate cribbing may be required to obtain a larger bearing load is not frozen or otherwise attached to the ground before
surface. lifting.
en
The crane is equipped with a bubble level that should be If you should encounter a tipping condition, immediately
used to determine whether the crane is level. The load line lower the load with the hoist line and retract or elevate the
can also be used to estimate the levelness of the crane by boom to decrease the load radius. Never lower or extend the
checking to be sure it is in-line with the center of the boom at boom; this will aggravate the condition.
all points on the swing circle. Use tag lines whenever possible to help control the
er
If the jib, or auxiliary boom nose is to be used, ensure the movement of the load.
electrical cable and the weight for the Anti-Two-Block Switch When lifting loads, the crane will lean toward the boom and
are properly installed and the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) the load will swing out, increasing the load radius. Ensure the
is programmed for the crane configuration. Refer to the RCL crane’s capacity is not exceeded when this occurs.
ef
operator manual supplied with the crane.

Do not strike any obstruction with the boom. If the boom
Verify the crane’s capacity by checking the Load Chart should accidentally contact an object, stop immediately.
against the weight of the load. Then, lift the load slightly at Inspect the boom. Remove the crane from service if the
R
first to ensure stability before proceeding with the lift. boom is damaged.
Be sure the load is properly rigged and attached. Always Never push or pull with the crane boom.
determine the weight of the load before you attempt to lift it
and remember that all rigging (slings, etc.) and lifting devices Avoid sudden starts and stops when moving the load. The
(hook block, jib, etc.) must be considered part of the load. inertia and an increased load radius could tip the crane over
or cause it to fail structurally.
Measure the load radius before making a lift and stay within
approved lifting areas based on the range diagrams and Using only one hoist at a time when lifting loads is
working area diagrams on the crane’s Load Chart. recommended. See “Tilt-Up Panel Lifting” on page 2-21 for
additional lifting instructions.
Always keep the load as near to the crane and as close to
the ground as possible. Always use enough parts-of-line to accommodate the load to
be lifted. Lifting with too few parts-of-line can result in failure
Do not overload the crane by exceeding the capacities of the hoist rope.
shown on the appropriate Load Chart. Death or serious

Counterweight • Maintain communication between all parties throughout

the entire operation. If possible, provide approved radio
On cranes equipped with removable counterweights, ensure equipment for voice communication between all parties
the appropriate counterweight sections are properly installed engaged in the lift.
for the lift being considered.
• Use outriggers on cranes so equipped.
Do not add material to the counterweight to increase
capacity. United States Federal law prohibits modification or • Calculate the amount of weight to be lifted by each crane
additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the and attach slings at the correct points for proper weight
equipment without the manufacturer’s written approval. distribution.
[29CFR 1926.1434] • Ensure the load lines are directly over the attach points
to avoid side loading and transfer of loading from one
Outrigger Lift Off crane to the other.
2
y
Regarding “lifting” of an outrigger pad during craning • Do not travel. Lift only from a stationary position.
activities, be advised that the rated loads for these cranes,
nl
as indicated on the crane’s Load Chart, do not exceed 85% Tilt-Up Panel Lifting
of the tipping load on outriggers as determined by SAE J765
OCT90 “Cranes Stability Test Code.” An outrigger pad may Requirements and recommendations regarding operation
lift off the ground during operation of the crane within the and use of Grove Cranes are stated on decals and in the
O
capacity limits of the Load Chart, yet the crane will not have Operator and Safety Handbook and other manuals provided
reached instability. The “balance point” for stability testing with each specific model machine. Using the subject crane to
according to SAE and Manitowoc criteria is a condition of perform tilt-up panel lifting with two hoist lines poses new and
loading wherein the load moment acting to overturn the different hazards than does normal lifting use.
crane is equal to the maximum moment of the crane Therefore, the following additional precautions must be
ce
available to resist overturning. This balance point or point of taken if it is necessary for the crane to be used to perform tilt-
instability for a crane does not depend on “lifting” of an up panel lifting using a crane equipped with two hoists:
outrigger but rather on comparison of the “opposing” load
moments. • The crane must be set up and operated in accordance
with Grove’s instructions in the Operator and Safety
en
The occurrence of an outrigger lifting from the ground is often Handbook, Load Capacity Chart, and decals affixed to
attributed to the natural flex in the crane’s frame. This may the crane.
happen when lifting a load in certain configurations within the
capacity limits of the Load Chart and is not necessarily an • The hoist rope from the main hoist shall be reeved over
indication of an unstable condition. the main boom nose reeved for two parts of line.
er
Provided the crane is properly set up, the crane is in good • The hoist rope from the auxiliary hoist shall be reeved
working condition, that all operator’s aids are properly over the auxiliary boom nose reeved for one part of line.
programmed, that the qualified crane operator adheres to • The load shall be connected with the main hoist line
the instructions found in the applicable Load Chart, Operator connected to the end closest to crane and the auxiliary
ef
Manual and decals on the crane, the crane should not be hoist line connected to the end farthest from the crane.
unstable.
• The anti-two block system shall be installed and
Multiple Crane Lifts inspected to confirm that it is active to monitor both hoist
R
lines.
Multiple crane lifts are not recommended.
• The RCL hoist selection shall be set to main hoist and
Any lift that requires more than one crane must be precisely two parts of line.
planned and coordinated by a designated person. If it is
necessary to perform a multi-crane lift, the operator shall be • The wire rope and sheaves shall be inspected prior to
responsible for assuring that the following minimum safety and following the lifting operations for chaffing or
precautions are taken: scrubbing.
• Secure the services of a designated person to direct the • The total gross load shall not exceed 80% of the
operation. standard load chart. The operator shall be responsible to
control this as the RCL does not have a feature to set
• Use one qualified signal person. reduced lifting limits.
• Coordinate lifting plans with the operators, designated • The auxiliary hoist line shall be considered part of the
person, and signal person prior to beginning the lift. deducts to determine net allowable load.

• The panel shall be lifted so that the hoist lines are in line • The pile driver or pile extractor and attachments shall be
with the crane. kept clear of the boom nose at all times.
• The load shall be controlled to prevent rotation of the • The pile driver and piling shall be suspended from a
load and to ensure the load stays in line with the boom. hoist cable with sufficient line speed to meet or exceed
the rate of descent of the driver and piling to preclude
• The load must be balanced with the auxiliary: load line impact loading or vibration from being induced into the
not taking more than half the load at any time during the boom and crane structure.
lift. The RCL will not be providing coverage for the line
pull of the auxiliary hoist line. • Pile driving or extracting shall be restricted to over the
main boom only and shall not be permitted over a jib.
• The effect of wind loads on the crane and panel shall be
• Pile extraction using only the crane’s hoist line is unsafe
taken into consideration. Operations shall be halted if
and not pe rmitt ed s inc e load values ca nnot be
the wind can cause a loss of control in handling the load.
accurately determined. Only pile extraction devices that
y
• The main hoist line shall be used to raise the panel into do not transmit vibration or shock loading into the crane
the vertical position. are permitted. All possible precautionary measures shall
nl
be taken to prevent shock loads or vibration from being
Ensure that all personnel working on and around the crane
imposed on crane components, either directly through
are properly trained and thoroughly familiar with operational
the hoist cable or indirectly from ground borne vibration.
functions of the crane and safe operating and work practices.
Personnel should be thoroughly familiar with regulations and • The load lines shall be kept vertical at all times during
O
standards governing cranes and their operation. Work pile driving and pile extraction operations.
practices may vary slightly between government regulations, • The operator and other personnel associated with the
industry standards, local and job-site rules and employer pile driving and pile extraction operation shall have read
policies so a thorough knowledge of and compliance with all and understood all safety standards applicable to crane
ce
relevant work rules is necessary. operations as well as being thoroughly trained in the
safe operation of pile driving and extracting equipment.
PILE DRIVING AND EXTRACTING
Crane Equipment
Pile driving and extracting are applications approved by
en
Manitowoc, provided all equipment is operated within factory • Hoists shall be equipped with a cable follower to aid in
guidelines. The following operating requirements must be proper spooling of cable.
used during pile driving and extracting with a Manitowoc • All cable retainer pins and cable guides/retainers shall
mobile hydraulic crane: be in place.
Pile driving and pile extraction using a mobile crane
• All jibs must be removed from the machine before pile
er
introduces many variable and unknown factors that must be

driving or extraction begins.
considered when using a crane for this application. Because
of these factors, discretion must be exercised when pile • All hoist hooks shall be equipped with a positive locking
driving or pile extraction is being considered. latch.
ef
It is not the intention of Manitowoc to recommend specific

types or makes of pile driving and pile extraction equipment,
Crane Inspection
but rather to advise of the operational requirements to help • In addition to the crane's frequent and periodic
avoid the detrimental effects that pile driving and pile inspections, dated daily records shall be maintained
R
extraction can have on the crane. showing inspections were performed on the crane
In addition to the operating requirements that are detailed in during the time it was used for pile driving or extraction.
the operating manuals and on the load capacity chart, pile • All anti-two block warning devices and RCL systems
drivin g and ex tracting operations are approve d by shall be inspected daily and verified to be functional.
Manitowoc, provided all guidelines outlined below are
followed: • All areas of the crane subject to fatigue shall be
inspected monthly, and before the crane is to return to
• All pile driving and extracting operations shall be lifting service.
restricted to fully extended outriggers with all tires clear
of the ground. • The boom shall be inspected daily to ensure all wear
pads remain in place. Cranes which utilize pinned boom
• The combined weight of the driver or extractor, piling, sections shall be inspected daily to ensure the pinning
leads, attachments, etc., shall not exceed 80% of the mechanism operates properly and to check for undue
published load chart values for on-outriggers operation. wear at the pins and pinning plates.

• The hoist cable shall be inspected daily to ensure no

chafing or wear is occurring.
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD DANGER

Thoroughly read, understand, and abide by all applicable Electrocution Hazard!
federal, state, and local regulations regarding operation of Manitowoc cranes are not equipped with all features
cranes near electric power lines or equipment. required to operate within OSHA 29CFR1926.1408,
United States federal law prohibits the use of Power Line Safety, Table A clearances when the power
cranes closer than 6 m (20 ft) to power sources lines are energized.
up to 350 kV and greater distances for higher
voltages unless the line’s voltage is known If operation within 3 m (10 ft) of any power lines cannot be
[29CFR1910.180 and 29CFR1926, subpart CC].
avoided, the power utility must be notified and the power
2
y
To avoid death or serious injury, Manitowoc rec- l i n e s m us t b e d e - e n e r g i z e d a n d g r o u n d e d b ef o re
ommends that all parts of crane, boom, and performing any work.
load be kept at least 6 m (20 ft) away from all
nl
electrical power lines and equipment less than If contact is ever accidentally made with a power line and any
350 kV. part of this crane, its rigging or load, never touch the crane or
even approach or come near the crane.
O
Electrocution can occur even without direct contact with the
ce crane.
en
er
ef
R
Crane operation is dangerous when close to an energized operator, are responsible for alerting all personnel of
electrical power source. Exercise extreme caution and dangers associated with electrical power lines and
prudent judgement. Operate slowly and cautiously when in equipment. Do not allow unnecessary personnel in the
the vicinity of power lines. vicinity of the crane while operating. Permit no one to lean
against or touch the crane. Permit no one, including riggers
Before operating this crane in the vicinity of electrical power
and load handlers, to hold the load, load lines, tag lines, or
lines or equipment, notify the power utility company. Obtain
rigging gear.
positive and absolute assurance that the power has been
turned off. If the load, hoist rope, boom, or any portion of the crane
contacts or comes too close to an electrical power source,
This crane is not insulated. Always consider all parts of the
everyone in, on, and around the crane can be seriously
load and the crane, including the hoist rope, wire rope,
injured or killed.
pendant cables, and tag lines, as conductors. You, the

Most overhead power lines are not insulated. Treat all Appoint a reliable and qualified signal person, equipped with
overhead power lines as being energized unless you have a loud signal whistle or horn and voice communication
reliable information to the contrary from the utility company equipment, to warn the operator when any part of the crane
or owner. or load moves near a power source. This person should
have no other duties while the crane is working.
The rules in this Operator Manual must be followed at all
times, even if the electrical power lines or equipment have Tag lines should always be made of non-conductive
been de-energized. materials. Any tag line that is wet or dirty can conduct
electricity.
The safest way to avoid electrocution is to stay away from
electrical power lines and electrical power sources. Do not store materials under power lines or close to
electrical power sources.
It is not always necessary to contact a power line or power
source to become electrocuted. Electricity, depending on Electrocution Hazard Devices
y
magnitude, can arc or jump to any part of the load, load line,
or crane boom if it comes too close to an electrical power The use of insulated links, insulated boom cages/guards,
source. Low voltages can also be dangerous. proximity warning devices, or mechanical limit stops does
nl
not assure that electrical contact will not occur. Even if codes
Set-Up and Operation or regulations require the use of such devices, failure to
follow the rules listed here may result in serious injury or
During crane use, assume that every line is energized (“hot”
death. You should be aware that such devices have
O
or “live”) and take the necessary precautions.
limitations and you should follow the rules and precautions
Set up the crane in a position such that the load, boom, or outlined in this manual at all times even if the crane is
any part of the crane and its attachments cannot be moved to equipped with these devices.
within 6 m (20 ft) of electrical power lines or equipment. This
Insulating links installed into the load line afford limited
ce
includes the crane boom (fully extended to maximum height,
protection from electrocution hazards. Links are limited in
radius, and length) and all attachments (jibs, rigging, loads,
their lifting abilities, insulating properties, and other
etc.). Overhead lines tend to blow in the wind so allow for
properties that affect their performance. Moisture, dust, dirt,
lines’ movement when determining safe operating distance.
oils, and other contaminants can cause a link to conduct
A suitable barricade should be erected to physically restrain electricity. Due to their capacity ratings, some links are not
en
the crane and all attachments (including the load) from effective for large cranes and/or high voltages/currents.
entering into an unsafe distance from electrical power lines
The only protection that may be afforded by an insulated link
or equipment.
is below the link (electrically downstream), provided the link
Plan ahead and always plan a safe route before traveling has been kept clean, free of contamination, has not been
er
under power lines. Rider poles should be erected on each scratched or damaged, and is periodically tested (just before
side of a crossing to assure sufficient clearance is use) for its dielectric integrity.
maintained.
Boom cages and boom guards afford limited protection from
electrocution hazards. They are designed to cover only the
ef
boom nose and a small portion of the boom. Performance of

boom cages and boom guards is limited by their physical
size, insulating characteristics, and operating environment
(e.g. dust, dirt, moisture, etc.). The insulating characteristics
R
of these devices can be compromised if not kept clean, free

of contamination, and undamaged.
Proximity sensing and warning devices are available in
different types. Some use boom nose (localized) sensors
and others use full boom length sensors. No warning may be
given for components, cables, loads, and other attachments
located outside of the sensing area. Much reliance is placed
upon you, the operator, in selecting and properly setting the
sensitivity of these devices.
FIGURE 2-5 Never rely solely on a device to protect you and your fellow
workers from danger.
United States OSHA regulations require a flagman when
operating in close proximity to energized power lines. Some variables you must know and understand are:

• Proximity devices are advertised to detect the existence When operating near transmitter/communication towers
of electricity and not its quantity or magnitude. where an electrical charge can be induced into the crane or
load:
• Some proximity devices may detect only alternating
current (AC) and not direct current (DC). • The transmitter shall be deenergized OR,
• Some proximity devices detect radio frequency (RF) • Tests shall be made to determine if an electrical charge
energy and others do not. will be induced into the crane or load.
• Most proximity devices simply provide a signal (audible, • The crane must be provided an electrical ground.
visual, or both) for the operator; this signal must not be
• If taglines are used, they must be non-conductive.
ignored.
• Every precaution must be taken to dissipate induced
• Sometimes the sensing portion of the proximity devices
voltages. Consult a qualified RF (radio frequency)
becomes confused by complex or differing arrays of
2
y
Consultant. Also refer to local, state, and federal codes
power lines and power sources.
and regulations.
Do not depend on grounding. Grounding of a crane affords
nl
When operating cranes equipped with electromagnets, you
little or no p rotec tion f rom elect ric al h aza rds. The
must take additional precautions. Permit no one to touch the
effectiveness of grounding is limited by the size of the
magnet or load. Alert personnel by sounding a warning
conductor (wire) used, the condition of the ground, the
signal when moving a load. Do not allow the cover of the
magnitude of the voltage and current present, and numerous
O
electromagnet power supply to be open during operation or
other factors.
at any time the electrical system is activated. Shut down the
Electrical Contact crane completely and open the magnet controls switch prior
to connecting or disconnecting magnet leads. Use only a
If the crane should come in contact with an energized power non-conductive device when positioning a load. Lower the
ce
source, you must: magnet to the stowing area and shut off power before
leaving the operator’s cab (if equipped) or operator’s station.
1. Stay in the crane cab. Don’t panic.
2. Immediately warn personnel in the vicinity to stay away. Earthing the Crane
en
3. Attempt to move the crane away from the contacted The crane may become charged with static electricity. This
power source using the crane’s controls which may have may occur especially when using outrigger pads made of
remained functional. plastic or when the outrigger pads are packed with insulating
material (e.g. wooden planks).
4. Stay in the crane until the power company has been
contacted and the power source has been de-energized.
er
No one must attempt to come close to the crane or load

until the power has been turned off.
WARNING
Only as a last resort should an operator attempt to leave the
Risk of accidents due to electric shock!
ef
crane upon contacting a power source. If it is absolutely

necessary to leave the operator’s station, jump completely Earth the crane before you start to work with it
clear of the crane. Do not step off. Hop away with both feet • Near strong transmitters (radio transmitters, radio
together. Do not walk or run. stations, etc.)
R
Following any contact with an energized electrical source, • Near high-frequency switching stations
the Manitowoc distributor must be immediately advised of
the incident and consulted on necessary inspections and • If a thunder storm is forecast
repairs. Thoroughly inspect the hoist rope and all points of
contact on the crane. Should the dealer not be immediately Use electrically conducting material for earthing.
available, contact Manitowoc Crane Care. The crane must 1. Hammer a metal rod (3, Figure 2-6) (length of
not be returned to service until it is thoroughly inspected for approximately 2.0 m (6.6 ft)) at least 1.5 m (5 ft) into the
any evidence of damage and all damaged parts are repaired ground.
or replaced as authorized by your Manitowoc distributor or
Manitowoc Crane Care. 2. Moisten the soil around the metal rod (3) for better
conductivity.
Special Operating Conditions and 3. Clamp an insulated cable (2) to the metal rod (3), cross-
Equipment section of at least 16 mm² (0.025 inches²).
Never operate the crane during an electrical thunderstorm.

4. Connect the free end of the cable with a clamp (1) to a General requirements. The use of a crane or der-
good electrically conductive location on the frame. rick to hoist employees on a personnel platform is
prohibited, except when the erection, use, and dis-
mantling of conventional means of reaching the
worksite, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stair-
way, aerial lift, elevating work platform or scaffold,
would be more hazardous or is not possible
because of structural design or worksite conditions.
Additional requirements for crane operations are stated in
ASME B30.5, Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, ASME B30.8,
Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks, and in OSHA
regulations 29CFR1910.180 for General Industry and
29CFR1926.1431 for Construction.
y
Use of a Manitowoc crane to handle personnel is acceptable
provided:
nl
• The requirements of the applicable national, state and
local regulations and safety codes are met.
FIGURE 2-6
• A determination has been made that use of a crane to
O
handle personnel is the least hazardous means to
perform the work.
WARNING • The crane operator shall be qualified to operate the

specific type of hoisting equipment used in the
Risk of accidents due to electric shock!
personnel lift.
ce
Ensure that the connections between the cable and the
clamp are electrically conductive. • The crane operator must remain at the crane controls at
all times when personnel are off the ground.
Do not attach the clamp to parts that are screwed on, such
as valves, covers or similar parts. • The crane operator and occupants have been instructed
en
in the recognized hazards of personnel platform lifts.

PERSONNEL HANDLING • The crane is in proper working order.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers issued a • The crane must be equipped with a boom angle
new American National Standard entitled, Personnel Lifting indicator that is visible to the crane operator.
Systems, ASME B30.23-2011:
er
• The crane's Load Chart is affixed at the operator’s

This Volume establishes the design criteria, equip-
ment characteristics, and operational procedures station and readily accessible to the operator. The total
that are required when hoisting equipment within weight of the loaded personnel platform and related
the scope of the ASME B30 Standard is used to lift rigging shall not exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity
ef
personnel. Hoisting equipment defined by the for the radius and configuration of the crane.
ASME B30 Standard is intended for material han-
dling. It is not designed, manufactured, or intended • The crane is level within one percent of level grade and
to meet the standards for personnel handling equip- located on a firm footing. Cranes with outriggers shall
ment, such as ANSI/SIA A92 (Aerial Platforms).
have them all deployed following manufacturer's
R
The equipment and implementation requirements

listed in this Volume are not the same as that estab- specifications.
lished for using equipment specifically designed
and manufactured for lifting personnel. Hoisting • The crane's Operator Manual and other operating
equipment complying with the applicable Volumes manuals are at the operator ’s station and readily
of the ASME B30 Standard shall not be used to lift accessible to the operator.
or lower personnel unless there are no less hazard-
ous alternatives to providing access to the, area • The platform meets the requirements as prescribed by
where work is to be performed. The lifting or lower- applicable standards and regulations.
ing of personnel using ASME B30-compliant hoist-
ing equipment is prohibited unless all applicable • For hoist rope suspended platforms:
requirements of this volume have been met.
- The crane is equipped with a hook that can be
This new standard is consistent with the U.S. Department of closed and locked, eliminating the throat opening.
Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration
( O S H A ) r e gu la t io ns fo r Co n st r u ct i on t h at s ta t e, i n - The crane is equipped with a functional anti-two-
29CFR1926.1431: block device.

- The platform is properly attached and secured to the • Immediately clean up any spills.
load hook.
• For boom mounted platforms: MAINTENANCE
- The platform is properly attached and secure. The crane must be inspected prior to use on each work shift.
The owner, user, and operator must ensure that routine
To avoid death or serious injury: maintenance and lubrication are being dutifully performed.
• NEVER use this crane for bungee jumping or any form Never operate a damaged or poorly maintained crane.
of amusement or sport. Manitowoc continues to recommend that cranes be properly
• NEVER handle personnel on the loadline unless the maintained, regularly inspected and repaired as necessary.
requirements of applicable national, state and local Manitowoc reminds crane owners to ensure that all safety
regulations and safety codes are met. decals are in place and legible. Manitowoc continues to urge
y
crane owners to upgrade their cranes with rated capacity
• NEVER permit anyone to ride loads, hooks, slings or limiter and control lever lockout systems for all lifting
other rigging for any reason. operations.
nl
• NEVER get on or off a moving crane. Shut down the crane while making repairs or adjustments.
• NEVER allow anyone other than the operator to be on Always perform a function check after repairs have been
this crane while the machine is operating or traveling. made to ensure proper operation. Load tests should be
O
• NEVER allow anyone on the hoist access platform while performed when structural or lifting members are involved.
traveling. Follow all applicable safety precautions in this manual when
The following standards and regulations regarding personnel performing crane maintenance as well as crane operations.
handling are available by mail at the following addresses:
ce
Keep the crane free of mud, dirt, and grease at all times.
• ASME (formerly ANSI) B30 Series American National Dirty equipment introduces hazards, wears-out faster, and
Safety Standards For Cableways, Cranes, Derricks, makes proper maintenance difficult. Cleaning solutions used
Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings; ASME B30.5, Mobile should be non-flammable, non-toxic and appropriate for the
And Locomotive Cranes, and ASME B30.23, Personnel job.
en
Lifting Systems, are available by mail from the ASME, 22 Routine maintenance and inspection of this crane must be
Law Drive, Fairfield, New Jersey, 0700-2900 performed by a qualified person(s) according to the
• US DOL/OSHA Rules and Regulations are available by recommendations in the Manitowoc Crane Care
mail from the Superintendent of Documents, PO Box Maintenance and Inspection Manual. Any questions
371954, Pittsburgh, PA, 15250-7954. regarding procedures and specifications should be directed
er
to your Manitowoc distributor.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Service and Repairs
Dispose of waste properly! Improperly disposing of waste
ef
can threaten the environment.

Potentially harmful waste used in Manitowoc cranes includes
— but is not limited to — oil, fuel, grease, coolant, air WARNING
R
conditioning refrigerant, filters, batteries, and cloths which Fall Hazard!

have come into contact with these environmentally harmful Working at elevated heights without using proper fall
substances. protection can result in severe injury or death.
Handle and dispose of waste according to local, state, and Always use proper fall protection as required by local,
federal environmental regulations. state or federal regulations.
When filling and draining crane components, observe the
Service and repairs to the crane must only be performed by a
following:
qualified person. All service and repairs must be performed
• Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down any in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, this
drain, or into any source of water. manual, and the service manual for this machine. If there is
any question regarding maintenance procedures or
• Always drain waste fluids into leak proof containers that
specifications, contact your Manitowoc distributor for
are clearly marked with what they contain.
assistance.
• Always fill or add fluids with a funnel or a filling pump.

Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of your body in contact with pinch points either on or
knowledge, training and experience is thoroughly familiar around the machine. Care must be taken to prevent
with the crane’s operation and required maintenance as well m o t i o n b e t w e e n p i n c h p o i n ts w h e n p e r f o r m i n g
as the hazards involved in performing these tasks. maintenance and to avoid such areas when movement
is possible.
Training and qualification of maintenance and repair
personnel are crane owner’s responsibility. • Do not allow persons to stand near extending or
lowering outriggers. Foot crushing could occur
Any modification, alteration, or change to a crane which
affects its original design and is not authorized and approved Before performing any maintenance, service or repairs on
by Manitowoc is strictly prohibited. All replacement parts the crane:
must be Manitowoc approved. Such action invalidates all
• The boom should be fully retracted and lowered and the
warranties and makes the owner/user liable for any resultant
load placed on the ground.
accidents.
y
• Do not get under a raised boom unless the boom is
Hydraulic Fluid:
blocked up safely. Always block up the boom before
nl
• Do not use your hand or any part of your body to check doing any servicing that requires the boom to be raised.
for hydraulic fluid leaks when the engine is running or
• Stop the engine and disconnect the battery.
the hydraulic system is under pressure. Fluid in the
hydraulic system can be under enough pressure that it • Controls should be properly tagged. Never operate the
O
will penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or death. crane if it is tagged-out nor attempt to do so until it is
Use a piece of cardboard, or piece of paper, to search restored to proper operating condition and all tags have
for leaks. Wear gloves to protect your hands from been removed by the person(s) who installed them.
spraying fluid.
After maintenance or repairs:
ce
• If any hydraulic fluid is injected into the skin, obtain
• Replace all guards and covers that have been removed.
medical attention immediately or gangrene may result.
• Remove all tags, connect the battery, and perform a
• Do not attempt to repair or tighten any hydraulic hose or
function check of all operating controls.
fitting while the engine is running, or when the hydraulic
system is under pressure.
en
• Consult with Manitowoc Crane Care to determine if load

testing is required after a structural repair is performed.
• Never disconnect any hydraulic lines unless the boom is
fully lowered, the engine is shut off, and the hydraulic
pressure is relieved. To relieve hydraulic pressure, stop
Lubrication
the engine, turn the ignition switch to RUN and move the The crane must be lubricated according to the
er
hydraulic controls in both directions several times. manufacturer’s recommendations for lubrication points, time
intervals, and types. Lubricate at more frequent intervals
when working under severe conditions.
Exercise care when servicing the hydraulic system of the
ef
WARNING crane, as pressurized hydraulic oil can cause serious injury.

Pressurized Fluid Hazard! The following precautions must be taken when servicing the
Hydraulic pressure may still be present in portions of the hydraulic system:
hydraulic system due to accumulators or trapped circuitry.
R
• Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations when

adding oil to the system. Mixing the wrong fluids could
• Hot hydraulic fluid will cause severe burns. Wait for the destroy seals, causing component failure.
fluid to cool before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.
• Be certain all lines, components, and fittings are tight
• Hydraulic fluid can cause permanent eye injury. Wear before resuming operation.
appropriate eye protection.
Moving Parts:
• Do not place limbs near moving parts. Amputation of a
body part may result. Turn off the engine and wait until
the fan and belts stop moving before servicing crane.
• Pinch points, which result from relative motion between
mechanical parts, are areas of the machine that can
cause personal injury or death. Do not place limbs or

Tires Wire Rope

Always make daily inspections of the rope, keeping in mind
that all wire rope will eventually deteriorate to a point where it
is no longer usable. Refuse to work with worn or damaged
WARNING wire rope. Rope shall be taken out of service when any of the
Possible equipment damage and/or following conditions exist:
personal injury! • For rotation-resistant running ropes: more than two (2)
Driving the crane with a tire and split-rim assembly under broken wires in a length of rope equal to six (6) times the
inflated at 80% or less of its recommended pressure can rope diameter, or more than four (4) broken wires in a
cause the wheel and/or tire to fail. Per OSHA Standard length of rope equal to thirty (30) times the rope
1910.177(f)(2), when a tire has been driven under inflated diameter.
at 80% or less of its recommended pressure, it must first
2
y
b e c o m p l e t el y d e fl a t e d , r em o v ed f r o m t h e ax l e , • For running ropes other than rotation resistant: six (6)
disassembled, and inspected before re-inflation. broken wires in one rope lay or three (3) broken wires in
nl
one strand.
Inspect the tires for nicks, cuts, embedded material, and • One valley break where the wire fractures between
abnormal wear. strands in a running rope is cause for removal.
O
Ensure all lug nuts are properly torqued. • Abrasion of the rope resulting in a 5% reduction in the
original wire diameter.
Ensure pneumatic tires are inflated to the proper pressure
(refer to the Load Chart). When inflating tires, use a tire • Any kinking, bird caging, crushing, corrosion, or other
gauge, clip-on inflator, and extension hose which will permit damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure.
standing clear of the tire while inflating.
ce
• Rope that has been in contact with a live power line or
has been used as a ground in an electric circuit (eg.
HOIST ROPE welding) may have wires that are fused or annealed and
must be removed from service.
Synthetic Hoist Rope
en
• In standing ropes, more than three (3) breaks in one

For detailed information concerning synthetic hoist rope, rope lay in sections beyond the end connection or more
refer to K100™ Synthetic Crane Hoist Line Manual P/N than two (2) broken wires at an end connection.
9828100734 available by contacting Manitowoc Crane Care.
• Core deterioration, usually observed as a rapid
During installation and setup, care must be taken to avoid reduction in rope diameter, is cause for immediate
er
overlap and crossing of wire rope and synthetic hoist ropes. removal of the rope.
Always make daily inspections of the hoist rope, keeping in The following is a brief outline of the basic information
mind that all hoist rope will eventually deteriorate to a point required to safely use wire rope.
where it is no longer usable. Refuse to work with worn or
ef
damaged hoist rope. • Wire ropes wear out. The strength of a rope begins to
decrease when the rope is put to use and continues to
During regular inspections, operator shall ensure that crane decrease with each use. Rope will fail if worn-out,
surfaces such as wear pads, sheaves, etc have not been overloaded, misused, damaged or improperly
R
damaged in a manner that can then damage the synthetic maintained.

hoist rope.
• The nominal strength, sometimes called catalog
NOTE: Example; if usage of a wire rope has cut grooves strength, of a wire rope applies only to a new, unused
with sharp edges in a wear pad, they need to be rope.
addressed before the synthetic hoist rope is used
in that same position. • The nominal strength of a rope should be considered the
straight line pull which will actually break a new unused
Use only the hoist rope specified by Manitowoc as indicated rope. The nominal strength of a rope should never be
on the crane’s Capacity Chart. Substitution of an alternate used as its working load.
hoist rope may require the use of a different permissible line
pull and, therefore, require different reeving. • Each type of fitting attached to a rope has a specific
efficiency rating which can reduce the working load of
NOTE: Hoist rope may be purchased by contacting the rope assembly or rope system.
Manitowoc Crane Care.

• If an operator hoists the hook block up or down too fast - Broken wires; number and location.
when reeved with multiple parts of line and no hook load,
- Reduction in diameter.
the wire rope can bird cage and damage the rope.
- Rope stretch (elongation).
• Never overload a rope. This means never use the rope
where the load applied to it is greater than the working - Integrity of end attachments.
load determined by the rope manufacturer.
- Evidence of abuse or contact with another object.
• Never “shock load” a rope. A sudden application of force
- Heat damage.
or load can cause both visible external and internal
damage. There is no practical way to estimate the force - Corrosion.
applied by shock loading a rope. The sudden release of
a load can also damage a rope. NOTE: A more detailed rope inspection procedure is given
in the Service Manual.
y
• Lubricant is applied to the wires and strands of a wire
rope when it is manufactured. The lubricant is depleted • When a rope has been removed from service because it
when the rope is in service and should be replaced is no longer suitable for use, it must not be reused on
nl
periodically. Refer to the Service Manual for more another application.
information. When installing a new rope:
• In the U.S.A., regular inspections of the rope and • Keep all parts of your body and clothing away from
O
keeping of permanent records signed by a qualified rotating hoist drums and all rotating sheaves.
person are required by OSHA for almost every wire rope
application. The purpose of the inspection is to • Never handle the wire rope with bare hands.
determine whether or not a rope may continue to be • Follow proper instructions for removing rope from a reel.
safely used on the application. Inspection criteria,
ce
including number and location of broken wires, wear and • Apply back tension to the storage/payoff reel of the new
elongation, have been established by OSHA, ANSI, rope to insure tight, even spooling onto the hoist drum.
ASME and similar organizations. See the Service • Operate the new rope - first through several cycles at
Manual for inspection procedures. light load and then through several cycles at
en
When inspecting ropes and attachments, keep all parts intermediate load to allow the rope to adjust to operating
of your body and clothing away from rotating hoist drums conditions.
and all rotating sheaves. Never handle the rope with When using a wedge socket:
bare hands.
• Always inspect socket, wedge, and pin for correct size
Some conditions that lead to problems in wire rope and condition.
er
systems include:
• Do not use parts that are damaged, cracked, or
- Sheaves that are too small, worn or corrugated modified.
cause damage to a wire rope.
• Assemble the wedge socket with live end of rope aligned
ef
- Broken wires mean a loss in strength. with the centerline of pin and assure proper length of tail
- Kinks permanently damage a rope and must be (dead end) protrudes beyond the socket.
avoided.
Sheaves
R
- Ropes are damaged by knots. Rope with knots must

never be used.
- Environmental factors such as corrosive conditions
and heat can damage a wire rope.
- Lack of lubrication can significantly shorten the
useful life of a wire rope.
- Contact with electrical wires and resulting arcing will
damage a wire rope.
• An inspection should include verification that none of the
specified removal criteria for this usage are met by
checking for such things as:
- Surface wear; nominal and unusual. FIGURE 2-7

Inspect the boom nose and hook block sheaves for proper • Do not short across the battery posts to check charge.
operation, excessive wear, and damage every 50 hours or Short circuit, spark, or flame could cause battery
weekly. Inoperable, damaged and/or worn sheaves cause explosion.
rapid deterioration of rope.
• If applicable, maintain battery electrolyte at the proper
Ensure sheaves carrying ropes that can be momentarily level. Check the electrolyte with a flashlight.
unloaded are equipped with close fitting guards or other
• If applicable to your crane, check battery test indicator
devices to guide the rope back into the groove when the load
on maintenance-free batteries.
is reapplied. Ensure sheaves in the lower load block are
equipped with close fitting guards that will prevent the ropes • Check battery condition only with proper test equipment.
from becoming fouled when the block is lying on the ground Batteries shall not be charged except in an open, well-
with loose ropes. ventilated area that is free of flame, smoking, sparks,
and fire.
To attain maximum hoist rope life and minimize hook block
2
y
rotation, it is recommended that even numbers of parts-of-
Super Capacitor (If Equipped)
line be used in multiple-part reeving whenever possible.
nl
Capacitor electrolyte must not be allowed to contact the skin
The use of nylon (polyamide) sheaves, as compared with
or eyes. If this occurs, flush the contacted area with water
metallic sheaves, may change the replacement criteria of
and consult a doctor immediately.
rotation-resistant hoist rope.
O
When checking and maintaining capacitor, exercise the
NOTE: The use of cast nylon (polyamide) sheaves will
following procedures and precautions:
substantially increase the service life of rope.
However, conventional rope retirement criteria • Wear safety glasses when servicing.
based only upon visible wire breaks may prove
• If equipped, disconnect battery with the battery
inadequate in predicting rope failure. The user of
ce
disconnect switch before disconnecting the ground
cast nylon sheaves is therefore cautioned that a
battery cable. For cranes with a Cummins engine using
retirement criteria should be established based
an engine ECM:
upon the user’s experience and the demands of his
application. 1. Ensure that the key switch has been off for 2 minutes.
en
Batteries 2. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.
Battery electrolyte must not be allowed to contact the skin or 3. Remove the ECM power fuse.
eyes. If this occurs, flush the contacted area with water and 4. Remove negative battery cables.
consult a doctor immediately.
5. Remove positive capacitor cable.
er
When checking and maintaining batteries, exercise the

following procedures and precautions: • Do not short across the capacitor posts to check charge.
Short circuit will cause capacitor terminal damage.
• Wear safety glasses when servicing batteries. Spark or flame could cause capacitor explosion.
ef
• If equipped, disconnect battery with the battery • Check capacitor charge level with proper test
disconnect switch before disconnecting the ground equipment.Engine
battery cable. For cranes with a Cummins engine using
an engine ECM: General Maintenance
R
a. Ensure that the key switch has been off for 2 Fuel the crane only with the engine turned off. Do not smoke
minutes. while fueling the crane. Do not store flammable materials on
b. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF the crane.
position. Be familiar with the location and use of the nearest fire
c. Remove the ECM power fuse. extinguisher.
d. Remove negative battery cables. Be careful when checking the engine coolant level. The fluid
may be hot and under pressure. Shut down the engine and
• Do not break a live circuit at the battery terminal. allow the radiator time to cool before removing the radiator
Disconnect the ground battery cable first when removing cap.
a battery and connect it last when installing a battery.
Shut down the engine and disconnect the battery before
performing maintenance. If unable to do so for the task

required, keep hands clear of the engine fan and other on the boom, it must be secured at the tie down on the carrier
moving parts while performing maintenance. to prevent swinging.
Be careful of hot surfaces and hot fluids when performing When using hookblock tie downs, excessive loading can be
maintenance on or around the engine. applied by pulling the cable too tight, particularly when
reeved with multiple part lines. When the cable is hooked
Do not use ether to start the engine on cranes equipped with
into the hookblock tie down, the cable should be merely
intake manifold grid heaters.
“snugged-up” with adequate slack provided at the center line
The engine can enter into an engine exhaust cleaning mode of sheave to anchor point. Do not draw cable taut. Care must
where the exhaust temperature can be high, ensure the be exercised anytime any crane function is being performed
exhaust is not pointed at materials that can melt, burn or while the cable is hooked into the hookblock tie down.
explode.
TRAVEL OPERATION
y
TRANSPORTING THE CRANE
Only the crane operator shall occupy the crane when
Before transporting the crane, check the suitability of the traveling.
nl
proposed route with regard to the crane height, width, length,
When traveling, the boom should be completely retracted
and weight.
and lowered to the travel position and the turntable pin swing
Check load limits of bridges on the travel route and ensure lock, if equipped, should be engaged. If equipped with boom
O
they are greater than the combined weight of the crane and rest, lower the boom into the boom rest and engage the
transporting vehicle. turntable lock.
When loading or unloading the crane on a trailer or railroad Strictly adhere to the guidelines and restrictions in the Load
car, use a ramp capable of supporting the weight of the Chart for pick and carry operations.
ce
crane.
RT and Industrial cranes are manufactured with no axle
Ensure the crane is adequately secured to the transporting suspension system. Traveling at high speeds, especially on
vehicle. rough ground, may create a bouncing effect that can result in
loss of control. If bouncing occurs, reduce travel speed.
Do not use the dead end lug (1, Figure 2-8) on the boom
en
nose for tying down the boom during transport. Damage to Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by
the lug and boom can result from usage as a tie down point. revolving tires.
Stunt driving and horse-play are strictly prohibited. Never
allow anyone to hitch a ride or get on or off a moving crane.
er
Follow the instructions in this manual when preparing the

crane for travel.
If using a boom dolly/trailer, thoroughly read and understand
all the steps and safety precautions in this manual for setup
ef
and travel.
SAMPLE When driving the crane, ensure the cab is down, if equipped
with a tilting cab.
R
Secure the hook block and other items before moving the
crane.
Watch clearances when traveling. Do not take a chance of
1 running into overhead or side obstructions.
When moving in tight quarters, post a signal person to help
7116-1A FIGURE 2-8 guard against collisions or bumping structures.
Before transporting the crane on a road or highway, first Before traveling a crane, check suitability of proposed route
check state and local restrictions and regulations. with regard to crane height, width, and length.
Either the hook block may be reeved over the main boom Never back up without the aid of a signal person to verify the
nose or the headache ball may be reeved over the main area behind the crane is clear of obstructions and/or
boom nose or auxiliary boom nose; the other must be personnel.
removed. If the hook block or headache ball remains reeved

On cranes equipped with air-operated brakes, do not attempt You must take every precaution to ensure you do not slip
to move the crane until brake system air pressure is at and/or fall off the crane. Falling from any elevation could
operating level. result in serious injury or death.
Check load limit of bridges. Before traveling across bridges, Never exit or enter the crane cab or deck by any other means
ensure they will carry a load greater than the crane’s weight. than the access system(s) provided (i.e., steps and grab
handles). Use the recommended hand-holds and steps to
If it is necessary to take the crane on a road or highway,
maintain a three-point contact when getting on or off the
check state and local restrictions and regulations.
crane.
Keep lights on, use traffic warning flags and signs, and use
If necessary, use a ladder or aerial work platform to access
front and rear flag vehicles when necessary. Check state and
the boom nose.
local restrictions and regulations.
Do not make modifications or additions to the crane’s access
Always drive the crane carefully obeying speed limits and
2
y
system that have not been evaluated and approved by
highway regulations.
Manitowoc Crane Care.
Stay alert at the wheel.
nl
Do not step on surfaces on the crane that are not approved
If equipped, ensure that the hoist access platform hand rail or suitable for walking and working. All walking and working
and step are in the travel configuration. surfaces on the crane should be clean, dry, slip-resistant,
and have adequate supporting capacity. Do not walk on a
O
Slopes:
surface if slip-resistant material is missing or excessively
- Pick and carry on level surfaces only. worn.
- Refer to the Operation Section for more detailed Do not use the top of the boom as a walkway.
information on traveling on slopes.
Do not step on the outrigger beams or outrigger pads (floats)
ce
- Driving across a slope is dangerous, as unexpected to enter or exit the crane.
changes in slope can cause tip over. Ascend or
Use the hoist access platform (if equipped) when working in
descend slopes slowly and with caution.
the hoist area.
- When operating on a downhill slope, reduce travel
Wear shoes with a highly slip-resistant sole material. Clean
en
speed and downshift to a low gear to permit

any mud or debris from shoes before entering the crane cab/
compression braking by the engine and aid the
operator’s station or climbing onto the crane superstructure.
application of the service brakes.
Excessive dirt and debris on the hand-holds, access steps,
or walking/working surfaces could cause a slipping accident.
WORK PRACTICES A shoe that is not clean might slip off a control pedal during
er
operation.
Personal Considerations
Do not allow ground personnel to store their personal
Always adjust the seat and lock it in position, and fasten the belongings (clothing, lunch boxes, water coolers, and the
seat belt securely before you start the engine.
ef
like) on the crane. This practice will prevent ground

Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry that can get caught on personnel from being crushed or electrocuted when they
controls or moving parts. Wear the protective clothing and attempt to access personal belongings stored on the crane.
personal safety gear issued or called for by the job
Job Preparation
R
conditions. Hard hat, safety shoes, ear protectors, reflective

clothing, safety goggles, and heavy gloves may be required. Before crane use:
Crane Access • Barricade the entire area where the crane is working and
keep all unnecessary personnel out of the work area.
• Ensure that the crane is properly equipped including
access steps, covers, doors, guards, and controls.
WARNING • Conduct a visual inspection for cracked welds, damaged
Fall Hazard! components, loose pins/bolts, and wire connections.
Working at elevated heights without using proper fall Any item or component that is found to be loose or
protection can result in severe injury or death. damaged (broken, chipped, cracked, worn-through, etc.)
must be repaired or replaced. Inspect for evidence of
Always use proper fall protection as required by local,
improper maintenance (consult your Service Manual).
state or federal regulations.

• Check for proper functioning of all controls and operator

aids (for example, RCL).
• Check all braking (for example, wheel, hoist, and swing
brakes) and holding devices before operation.
You must ensure that the outriggers and jack cylinders are
properly extended and set before performing any lifting
operations. On models equipped with outriggers that can be
pinned at the mid-extend position, the outriggers must also
be pinned when operating from the mid-extend position.
Clear all personnel from the outrigger area before extending
or retracting the outriggers. Carefully follow the procedures
y
in this Operator Manual when extending or retracting the Keep unauthorized personnel clear of the working area
outriggers. Death or serious injury could result from improper during operation.
crane set up on outriggers.
nl
Only the crane operator shall occupy the crane when in
Be familiar with surface conditions and the presence of operation.
overhead obstructions and power lines.
You must always be aware of everything around the crane
O
Working while lifting or traveling. If you are unable to clearly see in the
direction of motion, you must post a look out or signal person
Operator shall be responsible for all operations under his/her before moving the crane or making a lift. Sound the horn to
direct control. When safety of an operation is in doubt, warn personnel
operator shall stop the crane’s functions in a controlled
Operate the crane only from the operator’s seat. Do not
ce
manner. Lift operations shall resume only after safety
reach in a window or door to operate any controls.
concerns have been addressed or the continuation of crane
operations is directed by the lift supervisor. Operate the crane slowly and cautiously, looking carefully in
the direction of movement.
Know the location and function of all crane controls.
en
A good practice is to make a “dry run” without a load before

Make sure all persons are away from the crane and the
making the first lift. Become familiar with all factors peculiar
Travel Select Lever is in the “N” (Neutral) position with the
to the job site.
Parking Brake engaged before starting the engine.
Ensure the hoist rope is properly routed on the hook block
Sparks from the crane’s electrical system and/or engine
and boom nose and that all rope guards are in place.
exhaust can cause an explosion. Do not operate this crane
er
in an area with flammable dust or vapors, unless good

ventilation has removed the hazard.
Carbon monoxide fumes from the engine exhaust can cause
ef
suffocation in an enclosed area. Good ventilation is very

important when operating the crane.
Before actuating swing or any other crane function, sound
the horn and verify that all personnel are clear of rotating and
R
moving parts.
Never operate the crane when darkness, fog, or other
visibility restrictions make operation unsafe. Never operate a
crane in thunderstorms or high winds.
Always be aware of your working environment during
operation of the crane. Avoid contacting any part of the crane
with external objects.
Clear all personnel from the counterweight and
superstructure area before removing the counterweight.

Be sure the load is well secured and attached to the hook

with rigging of proper size and in good condition.
Check the hoist brake by raising the load a few inches,
stopping the hoist and holding the load. Be sure the hoist
brake is working correctly before continuing the lift.
When lowering a load always slow down the load’s descent
before stopping the hoist. Do not attempt to change speeds
on multiple-speed hoists while the hoist is in motion.
Watch the path of the boom and load when swinging. Avoid
lowering or swinging the boom and load into ground
personnel, equipment, or other objects.
2
y
Lift one load at a time. Do not lift two or more separately
rigged loads at one time, even if the loads are within the
nl
crane’s rated capacity.
Never leave the crane with a load suspended. Should it
become necessary to leave the crane, lower the load to the
ground and stop the engine before leaving the operator’s
O
station.
Remember, all rigging equipment must be considered as
part of the load. Lifting capacities vary with working areas. If
applicable, permissible working areas are listed in the Load
ce
Chart. When swinging from one working area to another,
ensure Load Chart capacities are not exceeded. Know your
crane!
FIGURE 2-9 Stop the hook block from swinging when unhooking a load.
en
Lifting Swinging rapidly can cause the load to swing out and
increase the load radius. Swing the load slowly. Swing with
Use enough parts of line for all lifts and check all lines, caution and keep the load lines vertical.
slings, and chains for correct attachment. To obtain
Look before swinging your crane. Even though the original
maximum lifting capacities, the hook block must be set up
er
setup may have been checked, situations do change.

with enough parts of line. Too few parts of line can result in
failure of the hoist rope or hoist. No less than three wraps Never swing or lower the boom into the carrier cab (if
of wire rope should remain on the hoist drum. No less than applicable).
eight wraps of synthetic rope should remain on the hoist
ef
Never push or pull loads with the crane’s boom; never drag a
drum. When slings, ties, hooks, etc., are used, make certain
load.
they are correctly positioned and secured before raising or
lowering the loads. Do not subject crane to side loading. A side load can tip the
crane or cause it to fail structurally.
R
Be sure the rigging is adequate before lifting. Use tag lines

when possible to position and restrain loads. Personnel If the boom should contact an object, stop immediately and
using tag lines should be on the ground. inspect the boom. Remove the crane from service if the
boom is damaged.
Be sure good rigging practices are being used. Refuse to
use any poorly maintained or damaged equipment. Never When lifting a load the boom may deflect causing the load
wrap the hoist cable around a load. radius to increase—this condition is made worse when the
boom is extended. Ensure weight of load is within crane’s
If using a clam bucket, do not exceed 80% of the crane’s
capacity on Load Chart.
capacity.
Avoid sudden starts and stops when moving the load. The
Make certain the boom tip is centered directly over the load
inertia and an increased load radius could tip the crane over
before lifting.
or cause it to fail structurally.
Ensure that all slings, ties, and hooks are correctly placed
Use tag lines (as appropriate) for positioning and restraining
and secured before raising or lowering the load.
loads. Check the load slings before lifting.

Be sure everyone is clear of the crane and work area before

making any lifts.
Never swing over personnel, regardless of whether load is
suspended from or attached to the boom.
Hand Signals
A single qualified signal person shall be used at all times
when:
• Working in the vicinity of power lines.
• The crane operator cannot clearly see the load at all
times.
y
• Moving the crane in an area or direction in which the
operator cannot clearly see the path of travel.
nl
At all times use standardized hand signals - previously
agreed upon and completely understood by the operator and
signal person.
O
If communication with the signal person is lost, crane
movement must be stopped until communications are
restored.
Keep your attention focused on the crane’s operation. If for
ce
some reason you must look in another direction, stop all
crane movement first.
Obey a signal to stop from anyone.
en
er
ef
R

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
8496-1 FIGURE 2-10

JIB • The crane should be left in the smallest, most stable,

valid operational configuration that the job site
To avoid death or serious injury, follow the procedures in this practically allows.
manual during erection, stowage, and use of the jib.
• The crane can not be left running, with a load on the
Install and secure all pins properly. hook, or in erection mode, or in wind conditions in
Control movement of the jib at all times. excess of allowed values.
Do not remove right side boom nose pins unless jib is • The boom should be retracted as far as is practical, the
properly pinned and secured on front and rear stowage crane configured in as stable a configuration as possible
brackets. (boom angle, superstructure orientation, jib angle, etc.)
• In high winds the boom and jibs should be lowered, or
secured. Changing weather conditions including but not
y
limited to: wind, ice accumulation, precipitation, flooding,
DANGER lightning, etc. should be considered when determining
the location and configuration of a crane when it is to be
nl
Boom Extension Hazard!
left unattended.
To avoid death or serious injury, follow procedures in Load
Chart, safety, and operation manuals during erection,
stowage and use of jib. Install and secure all pins properly
SHUT-DOWN
O
and control jib movement at all times. Use the following steps when shutting down the crane:
Do not remove all the pins from both front and rear stowage • Engage the parking brake.
brackets unless the jib is pinned to the right side of the boom • Fully retract and lower the boom.
nose.
ce
• Engage the swing lock pin or 360 degree swing lock (if
Properly inspect, maintain, and adjust jib and mounting. equipped).
When assembling and disassembling jib sections, use • Place crane function power switch to OFF (if equipped).
blocking to adequately support each section and to provide
• Place controls in neutral position.
en
proper alignment.
Stay outside of jib sections and lattice work. • Shut down the engine and remove the ignition key.
Watch for falling or flying pins when they are being removed. • Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.
• Chock the wheels, if not on outriggers.
PARKING AND SECURING
er
• Lock the operator’s cab (if applicable) and install vandal

guards, if used.
! DANGER COLD WEATHER OPERATION

ef
Tipping Hazard! Cold weather operation requires additional caution on the

When parking the crane and leaving it unattended follow part of the operator.
the instructions in Section 3 of this manual.
Check operating procedures in this manual for cold weather
R
Failure to comply with these instructions may cause death starting.

or serious injury
Don’t touch metal surfaces that could freeze you to them.
When parking on a grade, apply the parking brake and chock Clean the crane of all ice and snow.
the wheels.
Allow at least 30 minutes of engine run time for hydraulic oil
Section 3 of this manual provides instructions for parking and to warm up.
securing a crane when it is to be left unattended. These
instructions are intended to allow the crane to be placed in Plastic components (battery casings, heater controls, dash
the most stable and secure position. However, Manitowoc controls, etc.) are extremely brittle in extreme cold. Use
recognizes that certain jobsite conditions may not permit the caution handling and operating these components in sub-
boom and jib of a crane to be fully lowered to the ground. zero temperatures, avoiding shock loading.
When a qualified person at a jobsite determines that it is not In freezing weather, park the crane in an area where it
practical to lower the boom to the ground, we recommend cannot become frozen to the ground. The drive line can be
the following additional instructions be followed: damaged when attempting to free a frozen crane.

If applicable to your crane, frequently check all air tanks for d i ff e r e n c e i n o i l t e m p e r a t u r e v e r s e s t h e a m b i e n t

water in freezing weather. temperature.
If applicable to your crane, always handle propane tanks Thermal contraction coupled with improper lubrication or
according to the supplier’s instructions. improper wear pad adjustments may, under certain
conditions, cause a “stick-slip” condition in the boom. This
Never store flammable materials on the crane.
“stick-slip” condition could result in the load not moving
If cold weather starting aids are provided on your crane, use smoothly. Proper boom lubrication and wear pad adjustment
them. The use of aerosol spray or other types of starting is important to permit the boom sections to slide freely. Slow
fluids containing ether/volatiles can cause explosions or fire. movement of the boom may be undetected by the operator
unless a load is suspended for a long period of time. To
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HOOK minimize the effects of thermal contraction or “Stick-slip” it is
recommended that the telescope control lever is activated
BLOCKS
2
y
periodically in the extend position to mitigate the effects of
The following information applies to Gunnebo Johnston cooling oil.
crane hook blocks:
nl
If a load and the boom is allowed to remain stationary for a
Never use a hook block in extreme tempera- period of time and the ambient temperature is cooler than the
tures...Sudden failure can occur. trapped oil temperature, the trapped oil in the cylinders will
Hook blocks shall not be heated above 82°C cool. The load will lower as the telescope cylinder(s) retracts
O
(180°F). Hook Block Working Load Limit is valid allowing the boom to come in. Also, the boom angle will
between 82°C (180°F) and service temperature decrease as the lift cylinder(s) retracts causing an increase
given on the identification tag with normal lifting in radius and a decrease in load height.
precautions. This situation will also occur in reverse. If a crane is set up in
ce
Additional lifting precautions are required below the the morning with cool oil and the daytime ambient
service temperature given on the identification tag temperature heats the oil, the cylinders will extend in similar
because cold temperature begins to affect the hook proportions.
block material properties. Table 2-8 and Table 2-9 have been prepared to assist you in
determining the approximate amount of retraction/extension
en
Lifting above 75% of the Working Load Limit (WLL),

at temperatures between the service temperature that may be expected from a hydraulic cylinder as a result of
given on the identification tag and -40°C (-40°F), change in the temperature of the hydraulic oil inside the
must (be) done at a slow and steady rate to avoid cylinder. The chart is for dry rod cylinders. If the cylinder rod
stress spikes common in normal hoisting dynamics. is filled with hydraulic oil, the contraction rate is somewhat
greater.
er
75% of the WLL must not be exceeded, when lifting

in temperatures below -40°C (-40°F). NOTE: Operators and service personnel must be aware
that load movement, as a result of this phenomena,
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HYDRAULIC can be easily mistaken as leaking cylinder seals or
ef
faulty holding valves. If leaking seals or faulty

CYLINDERS holding valves are suspected to be the problem,
Hydraulic oil expands when heated and contracts when refer to Service Bulletin dealing with testing
cooled. This is a natural phenomena that happens to all telescope cylinders. (Service Bulletin 98-036
R
liquids. The coefficient of expansion for API Group 1 applies to TMS700 and Service Bulletin G06-005A
hydraulic oil is approximately 0.00077 cubic centimeters per applies to RT890 and RT9130.
cubic centimeter of volume for 1°C of temperature change
(0.00043 cubic inches per cubic inch of volume for 1°F of
temperature change). Thermal contraction will allow a
cylinder to retract as the hydraulic fluid which is trapped
in the cylinder cools.
The change in the length of a cylinder is proportional to the
extended length of the cylinder and to the change in
temperature of the oil in the cylinder. For example, a cylinder
extended 7.6 m (25 ft) in which the oil cools 15.5°C (60°F)
would retract approximately 196 mm (7 3/4 in) [see Table 2-9
and Table 2-8]. The rate at which the oil cools depends on
many factors and will be more noticeable with a larger

Table 2-8: Boom Drift Chart (Cylinder length change in inches)
3 3
Coeff. = 0.00043 (in /in / °F)
STROKE Temperature Change (°F)
(FT.) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
5 0.26 0.52 0.77 1.03 1.29 1.55 1.81 2.06 2.32 2.58
10 0.52 1.03 1.55 2.06 2.58 3.10 3.61 4.13 4.64 5.16
15 0.77 1.55 2.32 3.10 3.87 4.64 5.42 6.19 6.97 7.74
20 1.03 2.06 3.10 4.13 5.16 6.19 7.22 8.26 9.29 10.32
25 1.29 2.58 3.87 5.16 6.45 7.74 9.03 10.32 11.61 12.90
30 1.55 3.10 4.64 6.19 7.74 9.29 10.84 12.38 13.93 15.48
35 1.81 3.61 5.42 7.22 9.03 10.84 12.64 14.45 16.25 18.06
y
40 2.06 4.13 6.19 8.26 10.32 12.38 14.45 16.51 18.58 20.64
45 2.32 4.64 6.97 9.29 11.61 13.93 16.25 18.58 20.90 23.22
50 2.58 5.16 7.74 10.32 12.90 15.48 18.06 20.64 23.22 25.80
nl
55 2.84 5.68 8.51 11.35 14.19 17.03 19.87 22.70 25.54 28.38
60 3.10 6.19 9.29 12.38 15.48 18.58 21.67 24.77 27.86 30.96
3 3
Length change in inches = Stroke (Ft.) X Temperature Change ( °F) X Coeff. (in /in / °F) X 12 in/ft
O
Table 2-9 Boom Drift Chart (Cylinder length change in millimeters)
ce
(1/ °C)
Coef f . = 0.000774 M etri c
STROKE Temperature Change (°C)
en
(m) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
1.5 6 12 17 23 29 35 41 46 52 58 64
3 12 23 35 46 58 70 81 93 104 116 128
4.5 17 35 52 70 87 104 122 139 157 174 192
6 23 46 70 93 116 139 163 186 209 232 255
er
7.5 29 58 87 116 145 174 203 232 261 290 319

9 35 70 104 139 174 209 244 279 313 348 383
10.5 41 81 122 163 203 244 284 325 366 406 447
12 46 93 139 186 232 279 325 372 418 464 511
ef
13.5 52 104 157 209 261 313 366 418 470 522 575
15 58 116 174 232 290 348 406 464 522 581 639
16.5 64 128 192 255 319 383 447 511 575 639 702
R
18 70 139 209 279 348 418 488 557 627 697 766
Length change in mm = Stroke (m) X Temperature Change ( °C) X Coef f . (1/ °C) X 1000 mm/m
than 3.5 m (11.5 ft) must be avoided on rubber 360° because

of backward stability considerations.
MODEL SPECIFIC INFORMATION
Crane Stability
The GRT880 rubber 360° load chart has a minimum radius
of 4.5 m (14.8 ft) with a load. Without a load, a radius of
3.5 m (11.5 ft) is safe for 360° on rubber. A radius of less

Hoist Platform OVERLOAD INSPECTION

This information supplements the Rated Capacity Limiter
(RCL) manual supplied with each Grove crane.
DANGER
When the RCL system has acknowledged an overload on
Do not use platform for hauling passengers. Death or
your crane, you must carry out specified inspections on the
serious injury could occur.
crane.
No storage of components are allowed on the platform.
These inspections apply only to overloads up to 50%. For
Only one person at a time is allowed on the platform.
overloads of 50% or higher, crane operation must be
stopped immediately and Crane Care must be contacted for
Travel Position corrective action.
Hoist platform must be in the travel position when moving the The following illustrations may not be an exact
2
y
crane. Refer to Figure 2-11. representation of your crane and are to be used for reference
only.
1. Lower two hoist mirrors (1).
nl
2. Remove two pins and lower rear rail (2). Reinsert pins. WARNING
3. Remove two pins and lower side rail (3). Reinsert pins. Overload Hazard!
O
4. Lift and slide steps (4) into retaining bracket. Pull out on To avoid an accident caused by overload damage to
steps to ensure notch is engaged in bracket. your crane:
• Perform the inspections outlined in this publication
1
for overloads up to 50%.
ce
• Stop operating the crane and contact Manitowoc
3 Crane Care immediately for overloads of 50% and
higher.
NOTE: If your crane is equipped with CraneSTAR, an
en
overload warning will be posted to the web site for

review by the crane owner.
Overload warnings do NOT indicate real time
1 events! Warnings could be sent 24 hours (or more)
er
after the actual event.
2
ef
R
8625
FIGURE 2-11

Boom Inspection
1
1
2
9, 10
y
nl
1 8
3, 4
O
5
1
ce
9, 10
en
7
er
ef
R
Illustration for reference only.

Your crane may be different.

Overload less than 25%

1 Sheaves Inspect all for damage.
Luffing
2 Mechanism/ Inspect for damage/leaks.
Cylinder
Collar-wear
3 Inspect all for damage.
pads
Overload from 25% to 49%
2
y
1 Sheaves Inspect all for damage.
Luffing
nl
2 Mechanism/ Inspect for damage/leaks.
Cylinder
Collar-wear
O
3 Inspect all for damage.
pads
4 Collar-welds Inspect all for cracks.
Telescopic Inspect for bent or twisted sections. Check the boom
5
ce
Sections for straightness.
Lift Cylinder
6 Inspect for bends or cracked welds.
Head Area
Turret-Base
7 Inspect for cracked welds.
en
Section
Locking Area
8 Inspect for elongated holes.
(Pin Booms)
9 Welds Inspect for cracks.
er
Inspect for cracked paint which could indicate twisted,

10 Paint
stretched, or compressed members.
ef
R

Superstructure Inspection
y
5 4
nl
2
O
9, 10
7
ce
6
en
8
er
ef

R


1 Lift Cylinder Inspect for leaking.
Turntable See topic in Swing section of
2 Check bolts for proper torque.
Bearing Service Manual.
See topic in Introduction section
3 Wire Rope Inspect all for damage.
of Service Manual.
1 Lift Cylinder Inspect for leaking.
2
y
Turntable See topic in Swing section of
2 Check bolts for proper torque.
nl
Bearing Service Manual.
See topic in Introduction section
3 Wire Rope Inspect all for damage.
of Service Manual.
O
4 Hoist/Drums Inspect each for damage.
5 Hoist Brakes Brakes must hold rated line pull.
Bearing Main
6 Boom Pivot Inspect for deformation, cracked welds.
ce
Pin
Lift Cylinder-
7 Inspect pin and welds.
lower mount
en
8 Turntable Inspect for deformation, cracked welds.

10 Paint
er
ef
R

Carrier Inspection
y
nl
O
1
ce
4
en
1 2
3
3
2 5, 6
er
1
ef
2
R


1 Jack Cylinders Inspect for leaking.
Outrigger
2 Inspect for deformation and cracked welds.
Pads
1 Jack Cylinders Inspect for leaking.
Outrigger
Pads
2
y
Outrigger
nl
Beams
Outrigger
Boxes
O
6 Paint
ce
en
er
ef
R

y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R

GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
SECTION 3
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
SECTION CONTENTS
Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Boom Telescope Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Swing Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/ Seat Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Washer/Headlight/Horn Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Air Conditioner/Heater Climate Unit. . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Steering Column Tilt Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Seat Frame Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
y
Park Brake Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Armrest Adjustment Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Seat Height Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
nl
Drive Axle Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . 3-10
Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Limit Bypass Switch (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . 3-11
Engine Speed (RPM) Increase/Decrease Switch . 3-4 Emergency Stop Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Ignition Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
O
Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Transmission Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis
Cab Overhead Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Joysticks only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Skylight Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Hoist High Speed Toggle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Skylight Wiper and Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3
ce
Skylight Sunscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Free Swing Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Cab Door Release Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Cab Circulating Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown). . . . . . . . . 3-12
Right Side Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Seat Switch (Not Shown). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
en
Overhead Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Control Seat Assembly - Single Axis Joysticks . 3-13
Skylight Wiper Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Main Hoist Control (Single Axis Option) . . . . . . . 3-13
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch . . . . . . 3-5 Boom Lift Control (Single Axis Option) . . . . . . . . 3-13
Heater Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control (Single
Air Conditioner Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
er
Work Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Swing Control (Single Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Crane Function Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Foot Pedal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Exhaust System Cleaning Switch 360° Swing Lock Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
(Tier 4 Engine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
ef
Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Exhaust System Cleaning Telescope Control Pedal (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
(Tier 4 Engines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Service Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (Tier 4 Engines Only) . . . . . 3-7 Foot Throttle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
R
High Exhaust System Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Miscellaneous Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . 3-14
Control Seat Assembly - Dual Axis Joysticks . . . 3-8 Fuse and Relay Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Boom Lift/Main Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis) . . . . . . 3-9 Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . 3-15
Joystick (Dual Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Limit Bypass Switch and Indicator (CE Certified
Main Hoist Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Boom Up Bypass Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 RCL Internal Light Bar (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Lift Function Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Strobe Light or Beacon (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Jog Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Backup Alarm (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Outrigger Function Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Differential Lock On/Off Switch (Optional) . . . . . . 3-9
Crane Control System (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Rear Steer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Crane Control System (CCS) Display . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Auxiliary Hoist Enable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL
Menu Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Swing Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

CCS Main Screen Symbols and Icons . . . . . . . . 3-18 Wall Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
CCS Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
CCS Operation Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) System. . . . . . . . . 3-21 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Mode of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Outrigger Operation Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Telescope Operation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Pre-Starting Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
RCL Setup Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Switch to RCL Home Screen Display . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Crane Warm-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
y
CCS Working Range Limiter (WRL). . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Engine Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Crane Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
nl
WRL Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 General Crane Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Accessing Limitation Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Level Indicator Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Height Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Crane Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Boom Up/Down Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Stowing and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
O
Radius Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ce 3-44 Unattended Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

The engine is electronically controlled by the Electronic Item Description
Control Module (ECM); it is the control center of the entire 1 Foot Pedals
engine system. The ECM processes all inputs and sends
en
2 Turntable Swing Pin Lock Control

commands to the fuel systems, vehicle, and engine control
devices. This Operator Manual does not include engine ECM 3 Seat Joystick and Armrest Controls
information. ECM information is in a separate manual by the 4 CCS and RCL Display Panels
engine manufacturer shipped with the crane from the factory. 5 Steering Column
6 Overhead Control Panels
er
All controls and indicators to operate and monitor crane

functions are found inside the crane cab (Figure 3-1).
Steering column
The steering column assembly (5) (Figure 3-1) is a pedestal
ef
style tilt and telescoping steering column. It can tilt rearward

6
30° or raise vertically 60 mm (2.3 in). It includes the ignition
switch and other control switches (Figure 3-2).
R
5 3
7649-5
FIGURE 3-1

Rotate joystick (2) Figure 3-2 down to lock steering column in

place. Rotating lever up releases steering column for
adjustment.
Park Brake Control Switch
CAUTION
Avoid Crane Damage!
Do not engage the parking brake while the vehicle is
1 9
moving. Damage to the crane can occur.
3 6 7 Disengage the parking brake before driving. Damage to
4 5
8
y
the crane can occur.
2
Park Brake Control Switch (3) Figure 3-2 is located on front
nl
of steering column. This two-position rocker switch (ON/
7623 FIGURE 3-2 OFF) is used to apply and release the parking brake on the
drive line. The red Park Brake Indicator light on the display is
illuminated when pressure switch in the brake release
O
Item Description system is activated and brake is applied.
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/
1 Headlights Switch
Washer/Horn Controls
2 Steering Column Tilt Lever The Headlights Switch (4) Figure 3-2 is located on the front
3
ce
3 Park Brake Control Switch of the steering column. This three-position rocker switch
4 Headlights Switch (OFF/Park/Headlight) controls operation of the instrument
lights, switch LED’s, and the marker lights on the front, rear,
5 Drive Axle Selector Switch and side of the crane. The switch is illuminated when the key
6 Hazard Lights Switch is in the ON or Start position.
en
7 Engine Speed (RPM) Increase/Decrease Switch

Drive Axle Selector Switch
8 Ignition Switch
9 Transmission Shift Lever Drive Axle Selector Switch (5) Figure 3-2 is located on front
of the steering column and is illuminated when key is in the
er
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/ ON or Start position. This two-position rocker switch is used
to select two-wheel drive (high range) or four-wheel drive
Washer/Headlight/Horn Controls
(low range).
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/washer Controls (1)
The switch controls a solenoid valve (energized for two-
ef
Figure 3-2 are located on left side of steering column.

wheel drive) that operates speed range and axle disconnect
Pushing turn signal lever down causes left front and left rear
cylinders on the transmission.
turn signals to flash. Pushing turn signal lever up causes
right front and right rear turn signals to flash. The drive axle can only be changed when gearshift is in
R
Neutral and brake pedal is pressed.

The windshield wiper switch is built into the turn signal lever.
The knob of the lever has four positions: O, I, II and interval The icon background on the CCS operating display turns
wiping. Pushing button in end of knob energizes the yellow when crane is in four-wheel drive mode. This icon will
windshield washer pump to spray washer fluid on the flash if switch position is changed when engine is running,
windshield. Positioning knob to I operates wiper at low transmission is not in Neutral, and brake pedal is not
speed. Positioning knob to II operates wiper at high speed. pressed.
Positioning knob to O turns wiper motor off and automatically
returns wiper to parked position. Hazard Lights Switch
Push small button on end of lever to sound horn. Hazard Lights Switch (6) Figure 3-2 is located on front of the
steering column and is a two-position rocker switch (ON/
Steering Column Tilt Lever OFF). When switch is positioned ON, four turn signal lights
and turn signal indicator lights on steering column flash at
The steering control column can be rotated rearward
the same time.
approximately 30° and raised approximately 60 mm (2.3 in).

Engine Speed (RPM) Increase/Decrease lever up actuates forward and positioning the lever down
Switch actuates reverse. When the lever is in neutral, it rests in a
detent. To move the lever up or down, pull up on the lever
The Engine Speed Increase/Decease Switch (7) (Figure 3-2) first. To shift the transmission to first, second, or third gear,
is a three position momentary rocker switch with center rotate the knob to 1, 2, or 3.
maintained position being off. Use this switch to adjust
Transmission has six forward gears and six reverse gears.
engine speed (RPM). Press top or bottom of the Engine
To use the three low gears, set Drive Axle switch to four-
Speed Increase/Decease Switch to increase or decrease low
wheel drive. To use the three high gears, set Drive Axle
engine idle.
switch to two-wheel drive.
Quickly press top of switch once to go to full engine RPM.
NOTE: The transmission will not shift into forward or
Quickly press bottom of switch once to return to low engine
reverse gear without first pressing and holding the
idle.
service brake foot pedal prior to moving the
y
If engine speed is below maximum RPM setting, pressing transmission shift lever from neutral (center
and holding top of switch will cause engine RPM to slowly position) to forward (up position) or reverse (down
nl
increase. Release switch at desired RPM. position). Refer to Traveling — Forward, page 3-68
and Traveling — Reverse, page 3-69 for more
If engine speed is above minimum RPM setting, pressing
detailed information on shifting the transmission.
and holding bottom of switch will cause engine RPM to
slowly decrease. Release switch at desired RPM.
O
CAB OVERHEAD CONTROLS
Ignition Switch .
The Ignition Switch (8) Figure 3-2 is located on the right side 1 2 3 4
of the steering column and under the transmission shift lever
ce
(9). The switch is key-operated and has three positions: OFF
[0], RUN [1], and START [2].
In the OFF position, all electrical power is off except for lights
controlled by the Headlights Switch, turn/hazard/stop lights,
en
dome light and work light.

P o s i t i o n i n g s w i t c h to R U N en e r g i z e s a l l el e c t r i c a l
components except for the start solenoid and engine ECM;
the ignition circuit is also energized.
er
Positioning switch to START energizes the start relay, which

in turn energizes the cranking motor solenoid and cranks the
5 7 6
engine for starting. The switch is spring returned from FIGURE 3-3
START to RUN. To shut down engine, position switch to OFF.
ef
Item Description
The Ignition switch has a built-in mechanical anti-restart. If
engine does not start after the first attempt, key switch must 1 Skylight Window Latch
go to OFF position, then back to START to attempt starting
2 Skylight Wiper
the engine.
R
3 Skylight Sunscreen
Transmission Shift Lever 4 Dome Light
5 Cab Circulating Fan
CAUTION
Transmission Damage! 6 Window Latch
To prevent transmission damage, shift between two- 7 Overhead Control Panels
wheel and four-wheel drive only with crane stopped and
transmission in Neutral. Skylight Window Latch
The Skylight Window Latch (1) Figure 3-3 is at the front of
The Transmission Shift Lever (9) Figure 3-2 is located on the the window. Squeeze latch and slide window to the rear to
right side of the steering column. The control lever operates open. To close, slide window forward until the latch engages.
the transmission selector valve electrically. Positioning the

Skylight Wiper and Wiper Motor Overhead Control Panel

The Skylight Wiper (2) (Figure 3-3) is controlled by the 4
1 2 3 5 6 7 8
Skylight Wiper Switch, (4) (Figure 3-4), and operated by the
Wiper Motor.
Skylight Sunscreen
The Skylight Sunscreen (3) (Figure 3-3) reduces direct
sunlight. The sunscreen is self retracting and can be set to 8446
screen all light or adjusted rearward by moving it to notches FIGURE 3-4
provided.
Item Description
Dome Light 1 Skylight Wiper Switch
y
The cab Dome Light (4) (Figure 3-3) is on the right rear 2 Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch
nl
corner of the cab overhead console and provides illumination 3 Heater Control Switch
in the cab. The dome light is controlled by a switch on the
light. 4 Air Conditioning Switch
5 Work Lights Switch
Cab Circulating Fan
O
6 Flood Lights Switch (Optional)
The Cab Circulating Fan (5) (Figure 3-3) is located on left
7 Crane Function Power Switch
front side of cab above the window frame. A swivel allows
the fan to be rotated and a switch on the fan base controls Exhaust System Cleaning Switch
8
(Tier 4 engine only) 3
ce
the fan. The switch has a high, low and off position.
Right Side Window Latch Skylight Wiper Switch

Window on the right side of the cab can be opened. Squeeze The electrically-operated Skylight Wiper is installed to
latch (6) (Figure 3-3) to release and slide forward. To close, remove moisture from the skylight. The Skylight Wiper is
en
slide window rearward until latch engages. controlled by the Skylight Wiper Switch (1) Figure 3-4. This
switch has 6 positions, including intermittent setting.
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch

er
The Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch (2) Figure 3-4

controls cab fan speed and volume of heated or cooled air
output. Settings are off, low speed, medium speed, and high
speed.
ef
Heater Control Switch

The Heater Control Switch (3) Figure 3-4 controls heating
temperature. Turn switch right (clockwise) to open valve for
R
heat. (Heat comes from heated fluid going through the

heater coil.) Turn switch left (counterclockwise) to close the
valve, reduce fluid flow, and minimize heat.
Air Conditioner Switch

The Air Conditioning Switch (4) Figure 3-4 controls the
optional air conditioning system. Settings are Off (O) and On
(I).
Work Lights Switch

The Work Lights Switch (5) Figure 3-4 controls work lights
mounted on bottom front of the superstructure cab. Press top
of switch to turn work lights on. Press bottom of switch to turn
work lights off.

Crane Function Power Switch

The Crane Function Power Switch (7) Figure 3-4 is located
on the overhead control panel. This spring return switch
permits the operator to activate all crane functions at once or
disconnect power from crane functions controlled by the 1
remote controllers on the armrests. Pressing it turns ON all
crane functions. Pressing a second time turns OFF all crane
functions. Turn off all crane functions to prevent inadvertent
operation of functions due to bumping controllers while 5
roading or any other operation.
2
Exhaust System Cleaning Switch
y
(Tier 4 Engine Only)
nl
WARNING
Extreme Heat Hazard! 8622 FIGURE 3-5
O
During cleaning process exhaust becomes very hot. Do
not park vehicle near flammable objects. To manually clean, set the crane parking brake, the crane
Use caution near the exhaust tailpipe as it will also transmission must be in neutral and have the service brake
become very hot. and throttle pedals released. Refer to “Exhaust System
Cleaning (Tier 4 Engines Only)” on page 7 for cleaning mode
ce
definitions and a description of when manual cleaning is
The Engine DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Switch (8)
needed.
Figure 3-4 is located on the right side of the overhead control
panel. This is a three position switch: Inhibit Cleaning/Permit Set up a safe area around the crane’s exhaust; remove tools,
Active Cleaning/Initiate Manual Cleaning. Center position rags, grease, or any debris from engine exhaust area.
en
enables clean to occur when required, or press this switch to

With engine idling, push Cleaning Switch (8) to start manual
force manual cleaning to begin immediately or to disable
cleaning.
cleaning indefinitely:
Within 5 seconds engine revolutions increase to 1000 -1400
• Manual Cleaning (7649-10) rpm. The engine will continue to run at this speed for up to 45
er
minutes.
• Inhibit Cleaning (7649-11) As a warning, strobe light (2, (Figure 3-5)) near exhaust pipe
(1, (Figure 3-5)) will flash during exhaust system cleaning.
Pressing service brake or throttle pedal during cleaning or
ef
activating the Inhibit Cleaning Switch will interrupt the

manual cleaning process.
Make sure crane and surrounding area are monitored during
R
manual cleaning. If any unsafe condition occurs, shut off

engine immediately.
Engine returns to normal idle speed when manual cleaning is
complete.

Exhaust System Cleaning Switch (8) Figure 3-4 is in the exhaust system cleaning
(Tier 4 Engines Only) position, this amber indicator is illuminated and active and
manual exhaust system cleaning is prevented.
The Exhaust System Cleaning Required Indicator (24) is
located in the CCS display Figure 3-14. This indicator Diesel Exhaust Fluid (Tier 4 Engines Only)
illuminates amber when exhaust system requires cleaning.
The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Indicator (6) Figure 3-14 is
When the DPF indicator illuminates or flashes, start the located in the CCS display. The indicator has four different
manual cleaning process at the next opportune time. stages which will be triggered by the fluid level sensor in the
DEF tank:
The indicator will be illuminated continuously during the early
stages of required cleaning. If this condition continues, the Low Tank - First warning reducing agent in the tank is low.
lamp will begin to flash and a slight engine derate will occur. DEF Indicator (6) is lit continuously.
y
If this condition continues further, the Engine Warning light Derate - DEF Indicator (6) starts to flash as a warning that a
(17) will illuminate in addition to the cleaning indicator (24) derate will be activated if reducing agent in the DEF tank is
and severe engine derate will occur. not refilled.
nl
Low Level Inducement - DEF Indicator (6) flashes and the
Engine Warning Indicator (17) is lit continuously. Derate is
WARNING activated.
O
Extreme Heat Hazard! Severe Inducement - Once the DEF tank is empty, the crane
During cleaning process exhaust and tailpipe become operation will be restricted. The DEF Indicator (6) will flash
very hot. Keep personnel and flammable objects away and the Stop Engine Indicator (16) is solid red.
from exhaust. Do not park vehicle near flammable
3
ce
objects. CAUTION
Engine Damage Hazard!
The only way in either of these conditions can occur is if
cleaning has been inhibited or a manual cleaning was Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel is required in Tier 4 engines.
interrupted. If “Ultra Low Sulfur” fuel is not used in engines that require
en
it, the Cummins warranty will be void. Engine

The exhaust system cleaning process can take place in
performance will quickly deteriorate and may stop
three different modes:
running.
Passive: exhaust is hot enough during normal working
operation to burn off any hydrocarbon (soot) accumulation High Exhaust System Temperature
er
Active: Active cleaning occurs when there is not sufficient The High Exhaust System Temperature (HEST) Indicator
heat in the exhaust to convert all the hydrocarbon being (26) Figure 3-14 is located on the CCS Main Screen display.
collected in the DPF. Exhaust temperatures are raised by
injecting a small amount of fuel. The resulting chemical During exhaust system cleaning it is possible for engine
ef
reaction raises exhaust gas temperatures high enough to exhaust to reach temperatures exceeding 650° C (1200° F).
oxidize the hydrocarbon from the filter. This is done without The HEST indicator will illuminate red to warn when
operator intervention. temperatures reach 675° C (1247° F) and will stay on until
temperatures fall below 625° C (1157° F).
R
Manual: Manual, or stationary cleaning is the same as active

cleaning but takes place when equipment is not being A warning light near the tailpipe will flash during exhaust
operated. It allows the equipment operator to perform system cleaning when high exhaust temperatures exist.
cleaning outside the normal duty cycle. For more information on the exhaust system cleaning
process, refer to Exhaust System Cleaning (Tier 4 Engines
Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Only), page 3-7.
The Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator (25) is
located in the CCS display Figure 3-14. When the Cleaning

CONTROL SEAT ASSEMBLY - DUAL AXIS JOYSTICKS
23
3 4 17
17
y
10
23
5 11
nl
24
7
22 12
6
1
25 26
O
21 22
20 13 9
2 8
19
16
ce
14
18
8044-2
15 FIGURE 3-6
en

1 Boom Lift/Main Hoist Joystick 15 AC/Heater Vents
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist
2 16 Seat Frame Slide Lever
Joystick
er
3 Main Hoist Enable Switch 17 Armrest Adjustment Button(s) (Underside)

4 Boom Up Bypass 18 Seat Height Adjustment Lever
5 Boom Lift Function Enable Switch 19 Limit Bypass Switch - Keyed
ef
6 Jog Dial 20 Emergency Stop Switch

7 Outrigger Function Enable Switch 21 Level Indicator
Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis
R
8 Differential Lock On/Off (Optional) 22

Joysticks only)
9 Rear Steer Switch 23 Hoist Speed Toggle Switches
10 Auxiliary Hoist Enable Switch (Optional) 24 Horn
11 Boom Telescope Enable Switch 25 Free Swing Button
12 Swing Enable Switch 26 Cab Door Release Lever
13 Seat Slide Lever 27 Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown)
14 AC/Heater Climate Unit 28 Seat Switch (Not Shown)

Boom Lift/Main Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis) The following indicators illuminate to indicate the limiter is
bypassed:
The Boom Lift/Main Hoist Joystick (1) Figure 3-6 is located
on the right armrest. The controller, when pushed to the right • Bypass 2 Pressed indicator is on (only when switch is
lowers the boom, or pushed left raises the boom. pressed)
When used for main hoist, the controller, when pushed • Bypass 2 Active indicator is on
forward lowers the cable, or pulled back raises the cable. • RCL Lockout LED is on (only when capacity is greater
than 100%)
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist
Joystick (Dual Axis) For CE certified cranes only, the speed of the boom up
function is reduced by 50% when actuated. For non-CE
Certified cranes, the boom up function operates at normal
speed when actuated.
y
DANGER The boom up function lockout is bypassed until one of the
following occurs:
nl
Crushing Hazard!
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by • Boom Up Bypass switch is again pressed and released
moving machinery. while joysticks are in neutral position
O
Before actuating swing or other functions, sound horn and • Boom up joystick is in neutral position for 10 seconds,
verify all personnel are clear of rotating and moving parts. and load is greater than 90% capacity and less than or
equal to 100% capacity
The Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist (Swing/Tele
• Load is reduced to less than 90% of capacity
or Swing/Aux) Joystick (2) Figure 3-6 is located on the end of
3
ce
the left armrest. The lever controls swing and telescope
Lift Function Enable Switch
functions when crane is not equipped with an auxiliary hoist.
The Lift Function Enable switch (5) Figure 3-6 is a
When equipped with an auxiliary hoist, the lever controls
momentary switch that enables boom up and boom down.
swing and auxiliary hoist functions. Telescope functions are
en
controlled through a foot pedal.

Jog Dial
If not equipped with an auxiliary hoist, positioning the lever to
The Jog Dial Control (6) (Figure 3-6) is located on the right
the left or right actuates a control valve through hydraulic
arm rest. It selects and chooses functions on the screen(s) to
pilot pressure to provide 360 degree continuous rotation in
navigate the Crane Control System.
the desired direction. Positioning the lever forward actuates
er
the control valve to telescope the boom out and pulling the
Outrigger Function Enable Switch
lever back actuates the boom to telescope in.
The Outrigger Function Enable Switch (7) Figure 3-6 allows
If equipped with an auxiliary hoist, positioning the lever
the operator to switch between extension/retraction of
forward actuates the control valve to let out hoist cable and
ef
outriggers and raising/lowering of the jacks. Press and hold

pulling the lever back reels the cable in. Moving the lever in a
switch to force the lower screen display to change to the
diagonal direction actuates the two functions simultaneously.
outrigger page.
Main Hoist Enable Switch
R
Differential Lock On/Off Switch (Optional)

The Main Hoist Enable Switch (3) Figure 3-6 is a momentary
The Differential Lock Switch (8) (Figure 3-6) is located on the
switch that is located on the right armrest. Press once to
left arm rest. It engages the differential lock function for
enable hoist; press again to disable hoist. Pressing the
additional traction when Four Wheel Drive is selected. It can
switch twice rapidly enables hoist at high speed. Pressing
be activated for a maximum of 30 seconds at a time.
once and holding the switch for about 2 seconds also
enables high speed. NOTE: Differential lock only operates when crane is in
4WD mode.
Boom Up Bypass Switch
Rear Steer Switch
The Boom Up Bypass Switch (4) Figure 3-6 is a momentary
two-position rocker switch that is located on the right The Rear Steer Control Switch (9) (Figure 3-6) is a three-
armrest. While lift function is enabled and in a RCL lockout position, spring centered to off, rocker switch, located on the
condition, pressing and releasing the Boom Up Bypass left armrest. Press bottom of switch to actuate a control valve
Switch will enable boom lift up. to turn rear wheels to the left, causing crane to turn to the

right. Pressing top of switch actuates a control valve to turn Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified
rear wheels to the right, causing crane to turn to the left. Cranes)
When wheels are not centered, the Wheels Not Centered
icon on the CCS Operating Display illuminates. Releasing
the switch causes it to return to the center off position.
To straighten rear wheels, press switch until Rear Wheels
WARNING
Not Centered icon indicator light goes off.
Loss of RCL Monitoring Hazard!
Auxiliary Hoist Enable Switch The Limit Bypass Switch is to be used to override the RCL
system in emergency situations only.
The Auxiliary Hoist Enable Switch (10) (Figure 3-6) is
located on the left arm rest. It enables the Auxiliary Hoist and Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during
sets the high speed the same as the Main Hoist Enable normal operations.
y
Switch does for the Main Hoist.
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) system, when
nl
Boom Telescope Enable Switch programmed accurately, will lockout the following crane
functions—boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up—
The Boom Telescope Enable Switch (11) (Figure 3-6) is when a lift is attempted at or above the crane's capacity. or
located on the left arm rest. It enables the boom telescoping when a two-block condition exists. Locking out these
function for the optional Telescope Control Foot Pedal, or for
O
functions prevents the overload or two-block condition from
the Joystick (joystick) if there is no auxiliary hoist. worsening. These same craning functions are locked out
initially when starting the crane and before the RCL system
Swing Enable Switch has been programmed.
The Swing Enable Switch (12) (Figure 3-6) is located on the
ce
The Limit Bypass Switch (19) (Figure 3-6) is a three-position,
left arm rest. This two-position rocker switch (On/Off) is used momentary type key switch. In an emergency situation only,
to control a hydraulic valve that directs a regulated flow of turn switch clockwise or counterclockwise and hold to
pressure to and from the swing brake. When the joystick bypass the different limiter systems on the crane.
moves to swing the crane the brake releases. When the
crane stops swinging the swing brake re-engages. Turn key switch clockwise and hold to bypass the following
en
limiter systems and their craning function lockouts:

Seat Slide Lever • Anti-two block system (boom up/down, telescope
Moving the Seat Slide Lever (13) (Figure 3-6) slides only the extend, hoist up)
seat forward or backward. • Minimum wrap limiter system (hoist down)
er
Air Conditioner/Heater Climate Unit The following indicators illuminate to indicate the limiters are
bypassed:
The crane cab Air Conditioner/Heater Climate Unit (14)
(Figure 3-6) is located in the cab under the driver’s seat. The • Minimum Wrap indicator is flashing
ef
vents (15) are part of the climate unit and can be adjusted to • Anti-2-Block indicator is flashing
direct the flow of air.
Turn key switch counterclockwise and hold to bypass the
Seat Frame Slide Lever following limiter systems and their craning function lockouts:
R
Moving the Seat Frame Slide Lever (16) (Figure 3-6) slides • RCL system (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist
the seat and armrests forward or backward. up)
• Anti-two block system (boom up/down, telescope
Armrest Adjustment Knobs extend, hoist up)
Left and right armrest and armrest controls can be adjusted • Minimum wrap limiter system (hoist down)
using the adjustment buttons (17) (Figure 3-6) found under
the rear of the armrest. Press the button to rotate the entire • Working range limiter (WRL) system
armrest; release button at the desired position.
• Carrier avoidance system
Seat Height Adjustment Lever • -29°C temperature limiter system (optional)
To adjust seat height, lift height adjustment lever (18) The following indicators illuminate to indicate the limiters are
(Figure 3-6) and adjust seat as needed. bypassed:
• Bypass 1 Pressed indicator is on

• RCL Bypass Active indicator is on Turn key switch counterclockwise and release to bypass the
following limiter systems and their craning function lockouts:
• RCL Bypass Status indicator is on
• RCL system (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist
• RCL Lockout LED is flashing
up)
• Minimum Wrap indicator is flashing
• Working range limiter (WRL) system
• Working range limiter (WRL) indicator is flashing
• Carrier avoidance indicator is flashing
• -29°C temperature limiter system (optional)
• -29°C temperature limiter indicator is flashing
If the RCL is programmed and active and the limit bypass
All craning functions locked out are bypassed while the Limit switch is turned counterclockwise and released, the swing
Bypass switch is held in the actuated position. left/right function speed is reduced to 25% and the boom up/
y
down, hoist up/down, and telescope extend/retract function
Limit Bypass Switch (CE Certified Cranes) speeds are reduced to 15% of rated function speed when
actuated. If load exceeds 110% of crane’s capacity, all
nl
craning functions will lock out. The following indicators
illuminate to indicate the limiters are bypassed:
WARNING • Bypass 1 Pressed indicator is on (only when switch is in
O
Loss of RCL Monitoring Hazard! the counterclockwise position)
The Limit Bypass Switch is to be used to override the RCL • Bypass 1 Active indicator is on
• RCL Bypass Active indicator is on
Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during
3
ce
normal operations. • RCL Bypass Status indicator is on
programmed accurately, will lockout the following crane • Working range limiter (WRL) indicator is flashing
en

when a lift is attempted at or above the crane's capacity, or
when a two-block condition exists. Locking out these • -29°C temperature limiter indicator is flashing
functions prevents the overload or two-block condition from If the RCL has not been programmed and the limit bypass
worsening. These same craning functions are locked out switch is turned counterclockwise and released, the swing
initially when starting the crane and before the RCL system left/right, boom up/down, hoist up/down, and telescope
er
has been programmed. extend/retract functions operate at normal speeds when

The Limit Bypass Switch (19) (Figure 3-6) is a three-position, actuated. The following indicators illuminate to indicate the
momentary type key switch. In an emergency situation only, limiters are bypassed:
ef
turn switch clockwise or counterclockwise to bypass the • Bypass 1 Pressed indicator is on (only when switch is in
different limiter systems on the crane. the counterclockwise position)
Turn key switch clockwise and release to bypass the • Bypass 1 Active indicator is on
following limiter systems and their craning function lockouts:
R
• RCL Bypass Status indicator is on

extend, hoist up) • RCL Lockout LED is flashing
• Minimum wrap limiter system (hoist down) • Working range limiter (WRL) indicator is flashing
The following indicators illuminate to indicate the limiters are • Carrier avoidance indicator is flashing
bypassed: • -29°C temperature limiter indicator is flashing
• Minimum Wrap indicator is flashing All craning functions locked out are bypassed until one of the
• Anti-2-Block indicator is flashing following occurs:
When switch is turned clockwise and released, all crane • Limit Bypass Switch is again turned to the
functions—boom up/down, telescope extend/retract, hoist counterclockwise position and released while the
up/down, and swing left/right—will operate at 50% of there joysticks are in the neutral position
normal speeds when actuated. • Joysticks are in neutral position for 10 seconds

Emergency Stop Switch Free Swing Button

The crane Emergency Stop Switch (20) (Figure 3-6) is The Free Swing Button (25) (Figure 3-6) is located on the
located on the cab right console and is used to shut down the upper front of the left joystick. The Free Swing Button
crane’s engine. Push the red button in to shut down the releases the Swing Brake and allows the boom to be
engine, which illuminates the Emergency Stop icon on the centered over the load.
CCS operator display. Rotate and pull out knob to resume
normal operation. Cab Door Release Lever
Level Indicator Use the Cab Door Release Lever (26) (Figure 3-6) to open
and close the cab door from inside the cab.
The Level Indicator (21) (Figure 3-6) is located on the right
side of the cab by the Emergency Stop Switch. The indicator Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown)
y
provides the operator with a visual aid in determining the
Hoist Rotation Indicators (27) (Figure 3-6) for auxiliary and
levelness of the crane.
main hoists are located on top of each hoist joystick (1, 2)
nl
Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis (Figure 3-6). Each indicator is electronically driven by an
input signal from a sensor attached to its related hoist and an
Joysticks only) output signal from a control module. Each hoist joystick (1, 2)
Deadman Switches (22) (Figure 3-6) are located on the front pulses when its hoist is running so the operator’s thumb can
O
of both joysticks. Either of these switches can be used sense it.
instead of the seat switch to keep crane functions active. Additionally, the respective main or auxiliary hoist raise/lower
indicator on the crane control system display will illuminate to
Hoist High Speed Toggle Switches indicate that the hoist is in operation and in which direction it
ce
The Hoist High Speed Toggle Switches (23) (Figure 3-6) are is moving.
thumb operated two-position center spring return switches.
Pressing the right side maintains high speed until it is Seat Switch (Not Shown)
deactivated; pressing the left is momentary speed increase. This switch (28) (Figure 3-6) is located within the seat. An
operator must be sitting in the seat, enabling the switch,
en
Horn Button before any crane functions can be activated.

The Horn Button (24) (Figure 3-6) is located on the upper
front of the right joystick. The button sounds the horn during
crane operations.
er
ef
R

CONTROL SEAT ASSEMBLY - SINGLE AXIS JOYSTICKS
Item Description
y
1 Main Hoist Joystick, Raise/Lower
2 Boom Lift Joystick
nl
3 Boom Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Joystick
4 Swing Joystick
O 3
ce
8886
1 2
3 4
en
FIGURE 3-7
Main Hoist Control (Single Axis Option) controlled through a foot pedal. Push the joystick forward to
let out the hoist cable or pull the lever back to reel the cable
The Main Hoist Control (1, Figure 3-7) is located on the right in.
er
armrest. The joystick, when pushed forward, lowers the

cable. When pulled back, it raises the cable. Swing Control (Single Axis Option)
Boom Lift Control (Single Axis Option)
ef
The Boom Lift Control (2, Figure 3-7) is located on the right
armrest. The joystick, when pushed forward (lowers the DANGER
boom) or pulled back (raises the boom). Crushing Hazard!
R
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control (Single Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by
moving machinery.
Axis Option)
Before actuating swing or other functions, sound horn and
The Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist (Tele or Aux) Control (3, verify all personnel are clear of rotating and moving parts.
Figure 3-7) is located on the left armrest. The joystick
controls the telescope functions when the crane is not The Swing Control joystick (4, Figure 3-7) located on the
equipped with an auxiliary hoist. Push the joystick forward to right armrest, controls the swing function. The joystick, when
telescope the boom out, or pull the joystick back to telescope positioned forward (rotates the turntable clockwise) or back
boom in. (rotates the turntable counterclockwise), actuates a control
When equipped with an auxiliary hoist, the joystick controls valve through hydraulic pilot pressure to provide 360 degree
auxiliary hoist functions and telescope functions are continuous rotation in the desired direction.

FOOT PEDAL CONTROLS Telescope Control Pedal (Optional)

The Telescope Control Pedal (4) (Figure 3-8) is located in
2 the middle of the cab floor. Pushing top of pedal extends the
boom. Pushing bottom of pedal retracts the boom.
Service Brake Pedal

The Service Brake Pedal (5) (Figure 3-8) is the second pedal
from the right on the cab floor. Pressing the pedal controls
application of the service brakes.
Foot Throttle Pedal
y
The Foot Throttle Pedal (6) (Figure 3-8) is located on the
right side of the floor. It controls engine RPM which increases
nl
or decreases proportionately with the amount of foot
pressure applied to the pedal. The pedal is electrically
connected to the superstructure control module which sends
the signal to the engine ECM via the J1939 data link.
O
1 3 4 5 6 MISCELLANEOUS CONTROLS AND
7649-8A FIGURE 3-8 INDICATORS
Fuse and Relay Panels
ce
Item Description
1 360° Swing Lock Pedal The fuse panel (1) Figure 3-9 is located behind the cab seat
2 360° Swing Lock Release Lever on the cab fuse and relay panel assembly. It contains up to
20 fuses that protect various electrical components.
3 Swing Brake Pedal
en
4 Telescope Control Foot Pedal Buzzer

5 Service Brake Pedal The buzzer in the display sounds when the following
conditions exist:
6 Foot Throttle Pedal
• Engine Alarms
er
360° Swing Lock Pedal • Emergency Stop Switch activated

The 360° Swing Lock Pedal (1) (Figure 3-8) is located on the • Low brake pressure
left side of the cab floor. The pedal activates the swing lock to
prevent superstructure from turning. To release the swing • High hydraulic oil temperature
ef
lock, pull up the 360° Swing Lock Release Lever (2). • High transmission oil temperature
Swing Brake Pedal • Low steer pressure condition (for CE units)
R
The Swing Brake Pedal (3) (Figure 3-8) is located on the left • Hoist third wrap condition (for CE units)
side of the cab floor. It actuates the swing brake to slow or
• Anti Two-Block alarm
stop swing motion. Braking increases or decreases
proportionately with the amount of foot pressure applied to
the pedal.

Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Overriding the RCL with this switch should only be done in
Cranes) an emergency.
NOTE: Before powering up crane, ensure RCL Override
Switch is in the Normal (not Override) position to
avoid an error code.
WARNING
Loss of RCL Monitoring Hazard!
The Limit Bypass Switch is to be used to override the RCL
Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during
normal operations.
y
programmed accurately, will lockout the following crane
nl
when a two-block condition exists. Locking out these
1
O
functions prevents the overload or two-block condition from
worsening.
The Limit Bypass Switch (1) (Figure 3-9) is a two-position,
maintained type key switch that is located inside the operator 8624
cab on the panel assembly behind the seat. In an emergency FIGURE 3-9
3
ce
situation only, turn switch clockwise to bypass the following
limiter systems and their craning function lockouts: Limit Bypass Switch and Indicator (CE
Certified Cranes)
• RCL system (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist
up)
en

extend, hoist up) WARNING
• Minimum wrap limiter system (hoist down) Loss of RCL Monitoring Hazard!
• Working range limiter (WRL) system The Limit Bypass Switch is to be used to override the RCL
er

Do not operate crane with RCL overridden during normal
• -29°C temperature limiter system (optional) operations.
ef
The following indicators illuminate to indicate the limiters are

bypassed:
programmed accurately, will lockout the following crane
• Bypass 3 Pressed indicator is on functions—boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up—
R
• RCL Bypass Active indicator is on

when a two-block condition exists. Locking out these
• RCL Bypass Status indicator is on functions prevents the overload or two-block condition from
worsening.
The Limit Bypass Switch is located inside a key-locked
• Anti-two-block indicator is flashing
single-door enclosure (1) (Figure 3-10) attached to the
• Minimum Wrap indicator is flashing outside rear of the operator's cab. The switch is a two-
position momentary rocker switch. In an emergency situation
• Working range limiter (WRL) indicator is flashing only, press and release the switch to bypass the following
• Carrier avoidance indicator is flashing limiter systems and their craning function lockouts:
• -29°C temperature limiter indicator is flashing • RCL system (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist
up)
All craning functions locked out are bypassed while the key
switch is in the clockwise position. • Working range limiter (WRL) system

• Carrier avoidance system RCL Internal Light Bar (Optional)

• -29°C temperature limiter system (optional) The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Internal Light Bar is
The following indicators illuminate to indicate the limiters are located on the upper left hand corner of the crane cab. The
bypassed: RCL is an operational aid that warns a crane operator of
approaching overload conditions and other conditions that
• Bypass 3 Pressed indicator is on (only when switch is could cause damage to equipment and personnel.
pressed and held)
• Bypass 3 Active indicator is on
Strobe Light or Beacon (Optional)
• Working range limiter (WRL) indicator is flashing The strobe light or beacon is on the left side of the
superstructure. It is on when the ignition switch is on.
y
• -29°C temperature limiter indicator is flashing
Upon pressing the limit bypass switch, the swing left/right
nl
function speed is reduced to 25% and the boom down, hoist
up, and telescope extend function speeds are reduced to
15% of rated function speed when actuated.
O
Overriding the RCL with this switch should only be done in
an emergency.
All craning functions locked out are bypassed until one of the
following occurs:
ce
• Limit Bypass Switch is again pressed and released.
8661
• 30 minutes has passed since the Bypass Limit switch FIGURE 3-11
was initially pressed and the joysticks are in the neutral
position. Backup Alarm (Not Shown)
en
• Engine is turned off. The backup alarm is an audio system used to warn
personnel when the crane is backing up.The alarm is
connected to electrical wiring for the transmission reverse
solenoids. It is activated when the transmission is in the
reverse. The backup alarm is installed in the right side of the
er
rear outrigger box.

1
Emergency Exit
The windshield is the Emergency Exit. In an emergency,
ef
push out windshield and escape through opening.

R
7649-36
FIGURE 3-10

CRANE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS) Item Description

CCS consists of a cab electronic control unit and several 12 Internal Temperature Warning Indicator
other electronic control units located on the superstructure 13 Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle
and carrier.
Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control
Crane Control System (CCS) Display The Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle (13)
(Figure 3-12) is located beside the front console on the right
side of the cab. When control handle is pushed down and
superstructure is directly over front of carrier, the swing lock
1 1 pin drops into the socket on the carrier frame, locking
superstructure in place. When control handle is pulled up,
the pin is pulled out of the socket, unlocking superstructure.
y
Menu Control
nl
4 5 7
11 The Jog Dial operates the CCS identically to buttons on the
display console, providing easier access for the operator.
Rotating the jog dial performs the same function as
navigation arrow buttons on the display console. The icon in
O
the lower left corner of the display screen reminds the
6 8 12 operator which display is being controlled by the jog dial at
3
that time. The Screen Toggle Button (4) (Figure 3-13) is used
to switch screens. The tab button can also be used to
2
3
ce
temporarily silence audible alarms. Other buttons operate
differently depending on area, screen, and menu.
4 5 9
11
en
10 12
3 6
er
13
3 6 4
5
ef
C9521
FIGURE 3-12
Item Description FIGURE 3-13

R
1 Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Display

2 CCS Operation Display Item Description
3 USB Diagnostic Connector 1 Escape Button
4 Escape Button
2 Tab Button
5 Tab Button
6 Menu Button 3 Menu Button
7 RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator 4 Screen Toggle Button
8 RCL Early Warning Indicator 5 Jog Dial (Rotate dial to move cursor)
9 Anti Two-Block Indicator
6 OK/Enter Button (Press Jog Dial to select)
10 Swing Brake Engaged Indicator
11 Brightness Sensor

CCS Main Screen Symbols and Icons

30
1 2 3 4 5 6
31
y
nl
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
O
16 17 18 19 20
ce
21 22
en
28
23 24 25 26 27 29 FIGURE 3-14
er

1 Transmission Temperature 17 Engine Warning Indicator
2 Fuel Level 18 High Hydraulic Oil Temperature
ef
3 Battery Voltage 19 Low Brake Pressure

4 Engine Speed (Tachometer) 20 System Fault
5 Engine Coolant Temperature 21 Boom Angle Too Low (Optional)
R
6 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (Optional) 22 Third Wrap Indicator (Optional)

7 Direction/Gear Number 23 Low Steering Pressure (Optional)
8 Engine Warm-up Indicator (Wait-to-start) 24 Exhaust System Cleaning Needed (Optional)
9 Park Brake 25 Exhaust System Cleaning Inhibited (Optional)
10 Emergency Stop 26 High Exhaust Temperature (Optional)
11 Marker/Position/Side Light 27 Work Range Limiter Indicator (Optional)
12 Rear Wheels Not Centered 28 Active Screen Indicator
13 Four-Wheel Drive Indicator 29 Alerts Area
14 Differential Lock Indicator (Optional) 30 Status Bar
15 Cold Temperature Warning (Optional) 31 Status Area
16 Engine Stop

CCS Menu Screen

1 2
4 5
y
6 7 8
nl
9 10 11 12 13 14
O
15 16 17 18 19 20
3
ce
3
21 22 23 24 25 26
en
8966-1
FIGURE 3-15
er

1 Menu Screen Indicator 14 WRL Virtual Walls Limit
2 Status Indicator Bar 15 Tools Group
ef
3 Active Screen Indicator 16 Display Brightness Settings

4 Outrigger Group 17 Imperial/Metric Measurement Selection
5 Outrigger Button 18 Joystick Settings
R
6 Telescoping Menu 19 Function Speed Setting

7 Manual Telescope 20 ECO (Economy) Mode
8 Telescoping Configuration 21 Information Group
9 WRL Limit Group 22 Operating Hours
10 WRL Height Limit 23 Engine System Faults
11 WRL Boom Angle Limit 24 Crane Faults
12 WRL Radius Limit 25 Software Revision
13 WRL Swing Angle Limit 26 Information Screen

CCS Operation Display For example, if the Swing Enable icon is flashing, it is NOT
enabled. Move the Swing Joystick to the center/no motion
There are three different levels: position and then enable the Swing Enable Switch.
1. Main Screen
Menu Screen
2. Menu Screen
When menu button on the jog dial (3) (Figure 3-13) or control
3. Sub Level menus panel of the CCS is pressed, an overview of menu groups
The main screen (below) appears on the operating display displays.
(lower screen) when the key is turned on. The main screen Menu buttons are categorized by groups on each row. The
displays the crane system status. The amber lit icons are group icon is displayed at the beginning of each group bar
enabled. It also displays data from codes on other screens. followed by related member buttons.
The operator can choose and activate areas from this
y
screen. The Escape Button (1) (Figure 3-13) defaults back to A menu button is selected using the jog dial or arrow keys.
the main screen. The menu button is now active and highlighted orange. Open
the active menu by pressing the jog dial or OK button on the
nl
control panel.
NOTE: One menu button is always active.
O
ce
8966-2
en
When an icon on the right side vertical bar is flashing, it

indicates the joystick was not at a zero position when the
Function Enable button or All Crane Functions button was
pressed. Move the joystick to the center/no motion position
and then enable the function.
er
8966-1
ef
R

RATED CAPACITY LIMITER (RCL) SYSTEM Mode of Operation

The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) is an electro-mechanical Rigging options on this screen select static rubber, pick and
sensing system designed to alert the crane operator of carry, or outrigger configuration. The Outrigger Operation
impending capacity when the system has been properly Menu is navigated on the lower CCS Screen.
preset by the operator. The control panel is mounted in the
front console of the operator cab. When an overload
condition is sensed, the system provides the operator with a
visual and audible warning, and locks out the joysticks to
prevent lowering the boom, extending the boom, or raising
the main or auxiliary hoist cables.
The RCL Setup Screen appears on the RCL Display (upper
y
screen) when the key is turned on. The operator can select
rigging first, or go directly to the setup wizard.
nl
O 3
ce
To choose one of the outriggers’ proper positions, fully
retracted, mid-extend or fully extended.
8966-3
en
DANGER
Electronic equipment on this crane is intended as an aid
er
to the operator. Under no condition should it be relied on

t o r e p l ac e us e of c apa c it y c ha r ts an d o p e r a ti n g
instructions. Sole reliance on these electronic aids in
place of good operating practices can cause an accident.
ef
R
8966-4

Outrigger Operation Menu Raise Jacks

For choosing options during rigging. This is the only function Spin jog dial clockwise and press OK button to select and
w h e r e t h e m e n u b u t t o n ( 3 ) ( F i g u r e 3 -1 3 ) w i l l n o t choose jack operation. Press lower side of Outrigger
automatically navigate directly to the menu screen. It must Function Enable Switch on the left armrest to enable jack
be selected and chosen with the menu icon on the lower left operation.
of this screen
Set Outriggers
y
nl
O
ce
en
The operator can choose which beam, or combination of The operator can now choose which jack, or combination of
beams, to extend or retract. Press top of Outrigger Function jacks, to raise or lower.
Enable Switch on left armrest to select outrigger extension.
er
ef
R

Toggle counterclockwise and select Menu icon to exit this Press Escape button (1) (Figure 3-13) to leave menu and
group return to CCS main screen. The operator can now navigate
to the RCL screen.
.
y
nl
O
8966-2
CAUTION
Telescope Operation Menu 3
ce
The operator must select the proper load chart and RCL
program for the outrigger position selected.
Manual Telescoping (1) displays telescope operating display
for Manual Mode. Manual telescope mode allows the
Press OK/Enter button on display or jog dial (6) (Figure 3-13) operator to control either section T1 or sections T2-3 and
to exit outrigger screen. should only be used to recover the boom if it becomes out of
en
sequence.
er
1
ef
R
8966-1
8966-1

RCL Display Setup Screens RCL Display Operating Screen

Te l e s c o p i n g M o d e c h a n g e r e q u i r e s r i g g i n g c o d e Confirmed Telescoping Mode
confirmation.
Confirmed telescoping mode (1) shown in status bar.
B Mode Available and in Sequence
Select Telescoping Mode (load chart) on RCL. Selected
1
mode (1) displays on screen.
Telescope Mode/Load Chart (2) shows B mode enabled and
in sequence.
Last confirmed telescoping mode (3) shown in status bar.
y
NOTE: RCL override does not effect Telescoping Mode.
nl
3
1 2
Out of Sequence
O
Confirmed telescoping mode (1) shown in status bar.
Out of sequence symbol (2) displayed. RCL is locked out
with audible and visual indications.
ce
Select mode M in the RCL setup screen to recover.
8966-3
1
en
B Mode Enabled and out of Sequence

Select Telescoping Mode (load chart) on RCL. Selected
mode displays in status bar (1).
B mode selection is grayed out (2) and not available if out of
er
sequence or load chart not available.

Last confirmed telescoping mode (3) shown in status bar.
2
ef
1
3 Operating Screen
2
Mode M: active telescoping section T1 (1) or T2-3 (2) always
R
shown in the status bar

Mode B: T1 (1) or T2-3 (2) shown when telescoping is active.
1
8966-3 2
8966-5

Telescoping Menu Screens Operating Display In Sequence - except Mode M

Display T1 (1) and overall lengths (2). T1 (1) and T2-3 (2) buttons are grayed out in automatic
mode B. Buttons only selectable in mode M.
Display all section percentages (3). Percentage values flash
in out of sequence sections. 1 2
Display status of both proximity switches (4).
On
Off
Error
y
Proximity switch status will flash if cause of “out of
sequence”.
nl
Boom representation graphic is static.
Section percentage values, section fill, boom lengths and 8966-6
proximity switches status dynamically update.
O
Operating Display Out Of Sequence - except Mode M
4 When “out of sequence”, jump (toggle) to this screen (one
time only).
3
3
ce
Percentage values flash in out of sequence sections.
Proximity switch status will flash if cause of “out of
sequence”.
en
1
2
8966-6
er
ef
8966-6
R

Telescope Mode M RCL Setup Wizard

When mode M is active and telescoping is enabled, jump The RCL can be set graphically, or by direct number input or
(toggle) to this screen and force jog dial to operating display rigging code. The rigging code is determined using the load
module (ODM). chart. This screen always appears with some rigging code
Focus on desired telescoping section and activate it by displayed, even if it does not match actual crane
pressing the enter button. Last active telescoping section configuration.
displays in the status bar.
Operator may switch between T1 or T2-3.
y
nl
O
8966-7
8966-3
ce
The RCL is working correctly if no error message displays. If
any fault codes are present, the fault indicator on the main
en
CCS screen will be illuminated in red.
NOTE: If the RCL is not working correctly, do not start work

with the crane but notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
er
ef
R

Set Counterweight Set Boom

When rigging is complete, toggle clockwise to exit the Turn jog dial clockwise to set boom, including aux nose and
outrigger position and move on to setting the counterweight. reeving options.
y
nl
O 3
Toggle clockwise and select the counterweight icon. NOTE: If no jib configuration is chosen for the boom, the
ce
Available choices display on the right of the screen. following selection will be for reeving.
Set Jib Length (if installed)

Turn jog dial clockwise and select to determine and choose
en
the length of the jib, including inserts.

er
1
ef
R
NOTE: When the RCL override icon (1) is flashing, it

means the override switch was active at crane
startup. In this case override is NOT active. To
override the RCL, turn switch OFF for 1 second
then ON again. The RCL will be bypassed.

Set Jib Angle (if installed) Reeving Selection

Turn jog dial clockwise to program the jib angle after length is Turn jog dial clockwise to select the icon for reeving options.
selected. Press ENTER a second time and turn dial to change reeving
number options.
y
nl
Hoist Selection
O
ce
Press ENTER button on Jog Dial to choose and set desired
Turn jog dial clockwise to select between main and auxiliary reeving option and move on to the next screen.
hoists.
en
er
ef
R

Switch to RCL Home Screen Display Press ENTER on Jog Dial or Menu button to access RCL
Main Screen. This screen displays after key is turned on, but
Press Screen Toggle button (4) (Figure 3-13) on the Jog Dial the operator must press the tab button to display tare value.
menu control to switch to the RCL main menu screen.
y
nl
O
8966-8
8966-3
3
ce
en
er
ef
R

CCS WORKING RANGE LIMITER (WRL) present. In particular, it must be noted that the
swing function has a coasting or free-swing
Introduction characteristic that will not be affected by the slow-
down and lockout of the swing function. As such,
The Working Range Limiter (WRL) is a feature of the crane swing speeds are to be no more than 1 degree of
control system that allows for the definition of obstacles or swing per second.
limits for crane operation. This definition can then be used by
the crane control system to assist the operator with Turning off the power to the control system disables any
identifying the motion of crane with respect to these WRL limitations.
obstacles and limits.
WRL Limitations
In addition, if the WRL is configured to do so, the crane
functions can be affected to slow and stop with respect to For each of the limitations, the limitation must first be
ENABLED within the WRL feature of the crane control
y
limitations; this behavior is referred to as lockout.
system software. This is done with particular screens and
The following limitations are available for the WRL: buttons on the operating display. Once the limitation is
nl
• Height Limitation: boom height limit can be defined for a enabled, then it can be DEFINED (in terms of specific
maximum boom elevation. angles, locations, etc.). This is also done with the screen and
buttons on the operating display, as well as usually operating
• Boom Up/Down Limitation: boom up/down limits can be the boom to define particular locations. With the limitation
O
defined for a minimum and maximum boom angle. enabled and defined, the control system can then provide
• Radius Limitation: boom radius limits can be defined for the needed feedback and warnings. When the crane is in
minimum and maximum radius working zones. such a position to cause warning, then the WRL limitation is
considered to be ACTIVE. In summary, then, the use of the
• Swing Limitation: swing angle limits for swing left and WRL involves steps to enable the limitation, define the
ce
swing right directions can be defined. limitation, and then limitations can become active once
• Virtual Wall Limitation: up to five virtual walls can be warnings are generated for the operator (based on the crane
defined to be jobsite objects or warning zones. position).
NOTE: The Working Range Limiter feature is an operator When any limitation is enabled (but none are active), the
en
aide, it can provide enhanced jobsite awareness. Main Screen shows an indicator. Figure 3-16 shows the
However, it is not expected to be the sole source of Main Screen with the indicating symbol, which has a green-
this awareness, and all appropriate techniques colored background, and the symbol is highlighted with a
such as other personnel providing visual guidance circle. If no limitations are enabled, then this same symbol is
to the crane operator are to be employed. In shown, but without the green-colored background (thus
er
addition, when the lockout capability is utilized, appearing similar to other non-highlighted symbols on the
crane functions are expected to be used with the screen).
same caution as if the lockout capability was not
ef
R

y
nl
O 3
ce
WRL Limitation is Enabled indicator on Main Screen (green background for symbol)
en
8797
FIGURE 3-16
When a limitation is active, the Main Screen shows an radius limitation active symbol; the swing limitation active
indicator for the limitation (in addition to audible alarms and symbol; the wall limitation active symbol. If there are multiple
potentially effects on the crane functions). Figure 3-17 shows limitations active (such as a swing limitation and a height
er
the Main Screen example; the height limitation is active. limitation), then the appropriate symbols are cycled on the
There are similar symbols for the other limitations; shows display with a time interval.
the boom up/down (boom angle) limitation active symbol; the
ef
R

y
nl
O
ce
Height Limitation is Active indicator on Main Screen (amber-colored background for symbol)
en
8797-1
FIGURE 3-17
er
ef
R

When a limitation is active, audible alarms are generated.

TABLE 3-1: Active Indicator Symbols Table 3-2: indicates the behavior of the audible alarm for the
Symbol Description various limitations when the WRL is configured to only have
an alarm (not lockout). When the WRL is configured for the
lockout option, the alarm is generated based on when crane
Height Limitation is Active indicator symbol functions are being affected.
(amber color)
The operator should notice that all the audible alarm triggers
use the values of 10 and 5. This may be 10 or 5 degrees, or it
may be 10 or 5 ft distance. This is intentional so that the
operator can continue to watch the crane operation and not
Boom Up/Down Limitation is Active indicator have to look at the display (assuming the 10 and 5 values are
symbol (amber color) remembered). Whenever slow beeping is heard, this will be
y
a 10 threshold. Whenever fast beeping is heard, this will be a
5 threshold. Whenever there is a solid sound, this will signify
being at the limitation.
nl
Radius Limitation is Active indicator symbol
(amber color)
O
Swing Limitation is Active indicator symbol
(amber color)
3
ce
Wall Limitation is Active indicator symbol
(amber color)
en
er
ef
R

Table 3-2: Alarm Characteristics
LIMITATION POSITION ALARM

Height Limitation 10 ft before limit Slow beeping
5 ft before limit Fast beeping
At limit Solid sound
Boom Up/Down 10 deg before limit Slow beeping
5 deg before limit Fast beeping
Radius 10 ft before limit Slow beeping
y
nl
Swing A slow beeping alarm sounds when the boom’s slewing
motion is actively monitored and limited by the WRL
system. A fast beeping alarm sounds when the boom
O
is within 5° of the swing limit. A solid tone sounds
when the swing angle limit is reached.
Virtual wall 10 ft before limit Slow beeping
ce
Note that the audible alarm can be canceled. It is the Tab the Main Screen example; the swing limit has been reached.
button on the display. Refer to item 1 in Figure 3-18. It can be There are similar symbols for the other limitations; Table 3-3:
en
canceled once the boom is no longer being moved. When shows the boom up/down (boom angle) limitation active
boom motion again becomes apparent in the control system, symbol; the radius limitation active symbol; the height
the audible alarm will be restored. limitation active symbol; and the wall limitation active symbol.
If there are multiple limitations active (such as a swing
When a limit is reached, the Main Screen shows an indicator
limitation and a height limitation), then the appropriate
for this condition (again in addition to audible alarms and
er
symbols are cycled on the display with a time interval.

potential effects on the crane functions). Figure 3-19 shows
ef
R

Item Description
1 Tab Button
2 OK Button
y
nl
1
O
2
3
ce
8797-6 FIGURE 3-18
en
er
ef
R
Swing Limit has been Reached indicator on Main Screen (red color for symbol)
8797-7
FIGURE 3-19

Table 3-3: Limit Reached Indicator Symbols
Symbol Description
Swing Limit has been reached indicator

symbol (red).
Boom Up/Down Limit has been reached

indicator symbol (red).
y
nl
Radius Limit has been reached indicator
symbol (red).
O
Height Limit has been reached indicator
symbol (red).
ce
Wall Limit has been reached indicator
symbol (red).
en
er
ef
R

Accessing Limitation Screens limitations are shown as a group, and one of the limitations
can then be selected to work with that limitation screen. This
Each of the limitations for the WRL has a screen on the WRL sub-menu is highlighted in Figure 3-20 with an ellipse
display for the enabling and definition of the limitation. To outline.
access these screens, the Menu function is used with the
display. Once the main menu screen is shown, the WRL
y
nl
O 3
ce
en
er
Operating Display menu with WRL sub-menu highlighted

8797-12
FIGURE 3-20
ef
R

Height Limitation
If the Height Limitation is selected from the menu of WRL
limitations, then the Height Limitation Screen will be shown
(Figure 3-21).
y
nl
O
ce
en
Height Limitation Screen

er
8797-13
FIGURE 3-21
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow function on the display
or the jog dial changes the object highlighted on the screen.
ef
As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will move symbol is selected since it has the orange color
between the objects, with the color orange typically meaning highlighting. Table 3-4: shows the objects available on the
t ha t th e ob j e c t i s se l e c t ed an d c an b e a ffe c t e d b y Height Limitation Screen.
subsequent actions. In Figure 3-21, one can see that the
R

Table 3-4: Screen Symbols
Symbol Description
Lockout symbol - this symbol indicates the selection for affecting crane functions (lockout) or just
alarm/warning. This symbol will not appear if the WRL is not configured for the lockout option.
Furthermore, in some countries, regulations may require the use of the lockout configuration, and
lockout will always be enabled (so it may not be able to change from lockout to alarm/warning). The
selection for this option is toggled with an OK button, item 2, Figure 3-18. The top symbol indicates
that the crane functions will be affected (lockout). The bottom symbol indicates that the crane
functions will not be affected (but warnings will still be indicated).
y
nl
Enable symbol - this symbol is used to enable or disable the limitation. The selection for this option is
changed with an OK button, item 2, Figure 3-18. The symbols shown on the top (green background)
indicate that the limitation is enabled. The symbols shown on the bottom (not green background)
indicate that the limitation is disabled.
O
Limitation Value - this is the current limitation value (the RCL tip height; which is a distance above a
ground level). If the limitation is enabled, and this symbol on the screen is highlighted (orange color),
3
ce
after using the OK button, the value can be changed to be higher or lower with the Up Arrow and Down
Arrow function on the display or jog dial. The OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) is used to begin and
complete the value entry. It can also be changed by accepting the current crane position (see next
symbol). If the limitation value is below the minimum allowed, a fault will be generated, and a fault
symbol will appear on the display.
en
Accept Crane Position symbol - If the limitation is enabled, this symbol allows the acceptance of the
current crane position to be the limitation value (current tip height becomes height limitation). If this
symbol is highlighted (as shown here with orange background), and the crane position is accepted
with an OK button, then the value shown in the Limitation Value is updated to be the current crane
position. If the limitation value is below the minimum allowed, a fault will be generated, and a fault
er
symbol will appear on the display.
In addition to the symbols that can be highlighted by the

arrow functions, the following is shown on the screen:
ef
Symbol Description
Current Crane Position - this value shown on the screen is the current crane position tip height value.
R
It is the same value shown in the RCL screen.
Height Limitation Procedure by Crane Table 3-4:, will turn orange). If this symbol is not shown,
Position then this can be ignored (WRL configured to not enable
the lockout option).
To define and enable the Height Limitation using the crane
4. Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to change the
current tip height as the limitation, the following steps are
lockout option to either affect controls (including
used:
lockout), if desired, or to just get warning indicators from
1. Position the crane to have the desired position. the display.
2. The Height Limitation Screen (Figure 3-21) is to be 5. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Enable
shown on the display. symbol.
3. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to 6. Use an OK button to set the symbol to the limitation
highlight the Lockout symbol (the green symbol, refer to being enabled - it will have the green color when

enabled (note that based on past limitation settings, 4. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the
alarms may begin at this point). Limitation Value. Use an OK button to begin entering the
value. Use the Up Arrow or the Down Arrow to change
7. Use the Right Arrow function twice to skip the Limitation
the value (in tenths) to the desired tip height value. Use
Value and then highlight the Accept Crane Position
an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to finish entering the
symbol (refer to Table 3-4:). Use an OK button (item 2,
value. Note that the boom may now be at the limitation
Figure 3-18) to accept the current crane position (such
(depending on the value entered), so alarms may be
as the 11.7 ft value shown in Figure 3-21) to be the
active. The boom can now be moved away from the
Limitation Value. The Limitation Value should now be
current tip height to cease the alarm, if needed. Refer to
updated on the screen. Note that the boom is now at the
Table 3-2: for how the alarm performs when the lockout
limitation, so alarms are most likely sounding. The boom
option is not used. Refer to item 1, Figure 3-18 for the
can now be moved away from the current tip height to
button to cancel an audible alarm (once boom motion
cease the alarm. Refer to Table 3-2: for how the alarm
has ceased).
y
performs. Refer to Figure 3-18 for the button to cancel
an audible alarm (once boom motion has stopped). 5. The Height Limitation is now defined and enabled.
Crane operations can be resumed with the WRL working
nl
8. The Height Limitation is now defined and enabled.
with this specified limitation.
Height Limitation Disable Procedure
O
Height Limitation Procedure by Value To disable an active Height Limitation, the following steps
can be used (note that turning off the power to the control
To define and enable the Height Limitation using a “typed in”
system also disables the WRL limitations):
value of tip height as the limitation, the following steps can be
used: 1. The Height Limitation Screen (Figure 3-21) is to be
ce
shown on the display.
1. The Height Limitation Screen (Figure 3-21) is to be
shown on the display. 2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to
highlight the Enable symbol (refer to Table 3-4:).
2. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the
Enable symbol (refer to Table 3-4:). 3. Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to set the symbol
en
to the limitation being disabled - it will not have the green

3. Use an OK button to set the symbol to the limitation
color when it is disabled.
being enabled - it will have the green color when
enabled (note that based on past limitation settings,
alarms may begin at this point).
er
ef
R

Boom Up/Down Limitation

If the Boom Up/Down Limitation is selected from the menu of
WRL limitations, then the Boom Up/Down Limitation Screen
will be shown (Figure 3-22).
y
nl
O 3
ce
en
Boom Up/Down Limitation Screen

er
8797-23
FIGURE 3-22
ef
As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will move symbol for the maximum boom angle is selected
between the objects, with the color orange typically meaning since it has the orange color highlighting. Table 3-4: shows
t ha t th e ob j e c t i s se l e c t ed an d c an b e a ff ec t e d b y the objects available on the Boom Up/Down Limitation
subsequent actions. In Figure 3-22, one can see that the Screen. Note that the boom angle cannot be typed in (as is
R
possible with the Height Limitation).

Symbol Description
selection for this option is toggled with an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18). The top symbol indicates
y
Enable symbol (2X) - these symbols are used to enable or disable the boom up or boom down
nl
limitation (which one is indicated by the position of the symbol on the screen - symbol near the high
boom angle is for boom up and the one near the low boom angle is for boom down). The selection for
this option is changed with an OK button. The symbols shown on the top (green background) indicate
that the limitation is enabled. The symbols shown on the bottom (not green background) indicate that
O
the limitation is disabled.
Accept Crane Position symbol (2X) - If the limitation is enabled, these symbols allow the acceptance
of the current crane position to be the limitation value (again which one is indicated by the position of
ce
the symbol on the screen). If this symbol is highlighted (as shown here with orange background), and
the crane position is accepted with an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18), then the value shown in the
related Limitation Value is updated to be the current crane position. Also, if the limitation value is
beyond allowable limits, a fault will be generated, and a fault symbol will appear on the display.
en

arrow functions, the following are shown on the screen:
Symbol Description
Boom Up Limitation Value - this value is the currently specified boom angle limitation value for Boom
er
Up.
Boom Down Limitation Value - this value is the currently specified boom angle limitation value for
Boom Down.
ef
Current Crane Position - this value shown on the screen is the current crane position boom angle
value. It is the same value shown in the RCL screen. Note that in this example, the boom angle is at
the limit, and for that reason it would be seen highlighted in red.
R
Boom Up Limitation Procedure by Crane Table 3-5:). If this symbol is not shown, then only alarm/
Position warning option is available).
To define and enable the Boom Up Limitation using the crane
current boom angle as the limitation, the following steps can
be used:
the display. Again, this step can be ignored if this symbol
1. Position the crane to have the desired position. is not shown.
2. The Boom Up/Down Limitation Screen (Figure 3-22) is 5. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Enable
to be shown on the display. symbol (refer to Table 3-5:).
3. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to 6. Use an OK button to set the symbol to the limitation
highlight the Lockout symbol (orange color; refer to being enabled - it will have the green color when

enabled (note that based on past limitation settings, 5. Use the Right Arrow function to skip the Boom Up
alarms may begin at this point). Limitation symbols and then highlight the Boom Down
Enable symbol (refer to Table 3-5:).
7. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the upper
boom angle Accept Crane Position symbol (refer to 6. Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to set the symbol
Table 3-5:). Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to to the limitation being enabled - it will have the green
accept the current crane position (such as the 39.9 deg color when enabled (note that based on past limitation
value shown in Figure 3-22) to be the Limitation Value. settings, alarms may begin at this point).
The Limitation Value should now be updated on the
7. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the lower
screen. Note that the boom is now at the limitation, so
boom angle Accept Crane Position symbol (refer to
alarms are most likely sounding. The boom can now be
Table 3-5:). Use an OK button to accept the current
moved away from the current boom angle to cease the
crane position (such as the 6.9 degree value shown in
alarm. Refer to Table 3-2: for how the alarm performs
Figure 3-22) to be the Limitation Value. The Limitation
y
when the lockout option is not used. Refer to Figure 3-18
Value should now be updated on the screen. Note that
for the button to cancel an audible alarm (once boom
the boom is now at the limitation, so alarms are most
motion has stopped).
nl
likely sounding. The boom can now be moved away
8. The Boom Up Limitation is now defined and enabled. from the current boom angle to cease the alarm. Refer to
Crane operations can be resumed with the WRL working Table 3-2: for how the alarm performs when the lockout
with this specified limitation. option is not used. Refer to Figure 3-18 for the button to
O
cancel an audible alarm (once boom motion has
Boom Down Limitation Procedure by Crane stopped).
Position 8. The Boom Down Limitation is now defined and enabled.
To define and enable the Boom Down Limitation using the
3
ce
crane current boom angle as the limitation, the following with this specified limitation.
steps can be used:
Boom Up/Down Limitation Disable
1. Position the crane to have the desired position. Procedure
2. The Boom Up/Down Limitation Screen (Figure 3-22) is
en
To disable an active Boom Up or Boom Down Limitation, the

to be shown on the display.
following steps are to be used (note that turning off the power
3. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to to the control system also disables the WRL limitations):
highlight the Lockout symbol (orange color; refer to
1. The Boom Up/Down Limitation Screen (Figure 3-22) is
Table 3-5:). If this symbol is not shown, then only alarm/
to be shown on the display.
er
warning option is available).

2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to
4. Use an OK button to change the lockout option to either
highlight the desired Enable symbol (refer to Table 3-5:).
affect controls (including lockout), if desired, or to just
get warning indicators from the display. Again, this step 3. Use an OK button to set the symbol to the limitation
ef
can be ignored if this symbol is not shown. being disabled - it will not have the green color when it is
disabled.
R

Radius Limitation
If the Radius Limitation is selected from the menu of WRL
limitations, then the Radius Limitation Screen will be shown
(Figure 3-23).
y
nl
O
ce
en
er
Radius Limitation Screen

8797-27
FIGURE 3-23
ef
As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will move symbol for minimum radius is selected since it has
between the objects, with the color orange typically meaning the orange color highlighting. Table 3-6: shows the objects
t ha t th e ob j e c t i s se l e c t ed an d c an b e a ffe c t e d b y available on the Radius Limitation Screen. Note that the
subsequent actions. In Figure 3-23, one can see that the boom angle cannot be typed in (as is possible with the
R
Height Limitation).

Symbol Description
y
Enable symbol (2X) - these symbols are used to enable or disable the inner and outer radius
nl
limitation; which one is indicated by orange highlight of a symbol shown next to the inner or outer
radius circle with the crane graphic.
The selection for the enable/disable option is changed with an OK button. The symbols shown on the
O
top (green background) indicate that the limitation is enabled. The symbols shown on the bottom (not
green background) indicate that the limitation is disabled.
of the current crane position to be the limitation value (again which one is indicated by the position of
3
ce
the symbol on the screen). If this symbol is highlighted (as shown here with orange background), and
the crane position is accepted with an OK button, then the value shown in the related Limitation Value
is updated to be the current crane position. If the limitation value is beyond allowable limits, a fault will
be generated, and a fault symbol will appear on the display.
en
This is the inner or minimum radius limitation indicator.
This is the outer or maximum radius limitation indicator.

er

ef
Symbol Description
Inner Radius Limitation Value - this value is the currently specified hook radius limitation value for
R
Inner or minimum Radius.
Outer Radius Limitation Value - this value is the currently specified hook radius limitation value for
Outer or maximum Radius.
Current Crane Position - this value shown on the screen is the current crane position hook radius
value. It is the same value shown in the RCL screen. Note that in this example, the radius is at a limit,
and for that reason it would be shown highlighted in red.

Inner Radius Limitation Procedure by Crane 1. Position the crane to have the desired position.
Position 2. The Radius Limitation Screen (Figure 3-23) is to be
To define and enable the Inner Radius Limitation using the
crane current hook radius as the limitation, the following 3. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to
steps can be used: highlight the Lockout symbol (orange color; refer to
1. Position the crane to have the desired position.
2. The Radius Limitation Screen (Figure 3-23) is to be
3. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to lockout), if desired, or to just get warning indicators from
highlight the Lockout symbol (orange color; refer to the display. Again, this step can be ignored if this symbol
y
Table 3-6:). If this symbol is not shown, then only alarm/ is not shown.
5. Use the Right Arrow function to skip the Inner Radius
nl
4. Use an OK button to change the lockout option to either symbols and then highlight the Outer Radius Enable
affect controls (including lockout), if desired, or to just symbol.
get warning indicators from the display. Again, this step
can be ignored if this symbol is not shown.
O
being enabled - it will have the green color when
5. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the inner radius enabled (note that based on past limitation settings,
Enable symbol. alarms may begin at this point).
6. Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to set the symbol 7. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the outer
to the limitation being enabled - it will have the green radius Accept Crane Position symbol (refer to Table 3-
ce
color when enabled (note that based on past limitation 6:). Use an OK button to accept the current crane
settings, alarms may begin at this point). position (such as the 49.2 ft value shown in Figure 3-23)
to be the Limitation Value. The Limitation Value should
7. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the inner
now be updated on the screen. Note that the boom is
radius Accept Crane Position symbol (refer to Table 3-
now at the limitation, so alarms are most likely apparent.
en
6:). Use an OK button to accept the current crane

The boom can now be moved away from the current
position (such as the 6.6 ft value shown in Figure 3-23)
radius to cease the alarm. Refer to Table 3-2: for how the
to be the Limitation Value. The Limitation Value should
alarm performs when the lockout option is not used.
now be updated on the screen. Note that the boom is
Refer to Figure 3-18 for the button to cancel an audible
now at the limitation, so alarms are most likely sounding.
alarm (once boom motion is no longer apparent).
er
The boom can now be moved away from the current

radius to cease the alarm. Refer to Table 3-2: for how the 8. The Outer Radius Limitation is now defined and
alarm performs when the lockout option is not used. enabled. Crane operations can be resumed with the
Refer to Figure 3-18 for the button to cancel an audible WRL working with this specified limitation.
ef
alarm (once boom motion has stopped).

8. The Inner Radius Limitation is now defined and enabled.
Radius Limitation Disable Procedure
Crane operations can be resumed with the WRL working To disable an active Inner or Outer Radius Limitation, the
with this specified limitation. following steps are to be used (note that turning off the power
R
to the control system also disables the WRL limitations):

Outer Radius Limitation Procedure by Crane
1. The Radius Limitation Screen (Figure 3-23) is to be
Position shown on the display.
To define and enable the Outer Radius Limitation using the 2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to
crane current hook radius as the limitation, the following highlight the desired Enable symbol (refer to Table 3-6:).
steps can be used:
being disabled - it will not have the green color when it is
disabled.

Swing Limitation
If the Swing Limitation is selected from the menu of WRL
limitations, then the Swing Limitation Screen will be shown
(Figure 3-24).
y
nl
O 3
ce
en
Swing Limitation Screen

er
8797-33
FIGURE 3-24
ef
As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will move symbol is selected since it has the orange color
between the objects, with the color orange typically meaning highlighting. Table 3-7: shows the objects available on the
t ha t th e ob j e c t i s se l e c t ed an d c an b e a ff ec t e d b y Swing Limitation Screen.
subsequent actions. In Figure 3-24, one can see that the
R

Symbol Description
y
nl
Enable symbol - this symbol is used to enable or disable the swing limitation. Note that swing left and
swing right limitations will both be enabled or disabled. The selection for this option is changed with an
OK button. The symbols shown on the top (green background) indicate that the limitation is enabled.
The symbols shown on the bottom (not green background) indicate that the limitation is disabled.
O
of the current crane position to be the limitation value; which one is indicated by the position of the
ce
symbol on the screen - the top one is for swing left and the bottom one is for swing right.
If an Accept Crane Position symbol is highlighted (as shown here with orange background), and the
crane position is accepted with an OK button, then the value shown in the related Limitation Value is
updated to be the current crane position (which is shown on the screen near the crane symbol). Note
that the swing angle cannot be typed in (as is possible with the Height Limitation). Also, if the limitation
en
value is beyond allowable limits, a fault will be generated, and a fault symbol will appear on the
display.
This is the swing right indicator.

er
This is the swing left indicator.

ef

R
Symbol Description
Swing Left Limitation Value - this value is the currently specified swing angle limitation value for
swinging left.
Swing Right Limitation Value - this value is the currently specified swing angle limitation value for
swinging right.
Current Crane Position - this value shown on the screen is the current swing angle value. It is the
same value shown in the RCL screen.

Swing Limitation Procedure by Crane current swing angle to cease the alarm. Refer to Table 3-
Position 2: for how the alarm performs when the lockout option is
not used. Refer to Figure 3-18 for the button to cancel an
To define and enable the Swing Limitation using the crane audible alarm (once boom motion has stopped).
position to indicate the swing left and right limitation, the
8. Position the crane to have the desired swing angle
following steps can be used:
position for the swing right limitation. If lockout option is
1. Position the crane to have the desired swing angle being used, past settings may prevent swinging to the
position for the swing left limitation. next desired limitation position; the over-ride switch
would be used to allow the motion, if this is acceptable.
2. The Swing Limitation Screen (Figure 3-24) is to be
shown on the display. 9. Use the Down Arrow function once to highlight the swing
right Accept Crane Position symbol (refer to Table 3-7:).
Use an OK button to accept the current crane position to
y
highlight the Lockout symbol (orange color; refer to
be the Limitation Value. The Limitation Value for swing
right should now be updated on the screen. Again, note
nl
that the boom is now at the limitation, so alarms are
4. Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to change the most likely sounding. The boom can now be moved
lockout option to either affect controls (including away from the current swing angle to cease the alarm.
10. The Swing Limitation is now defined and enabled. Crane
O
the display. Again, this step can be ignored if this symbol
operations can be resumed with the WRL working with
is not shown.
this specified limitation.
5. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Enable
symbol (refer to Table 3-7:). Swing Limitation Disable Procedure
3
ce
6. Use an OK button to set the symbol to the limitation To disable an active Swing Limitation, the following steps are
being enabled - it will have the green color when to be used (note that turning off the power to the control
enabled (note that based on past limitation settings, system also disables the WRL limitations):
alarms may begin at this point).
1. The Swing Limitation Screen (Figure 3-24) is to be
en
7. Use the Right Arrow function once to highlight the swing shown on the display.
left Accept Crane Position symbol (refer to Table 3-7:).
Use an OK button to accept the current crane position 2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to
(such as the 68.4 deg value shown in Figure 3-24) to be highlight the Enable symbol.
the Limitation Value. The Limitation Value for swing left 3. Use an OK button to set the symbol to the limitation
er
should now be updated on the screen. Note that the being disabled - it will not have the green color when it is
boom is now at the limitation, so alarms are most likely disabled.
sounding. The boom can now be moved away from the
ef
R

Wall Limitation
If the Wall Limitation is selected from the menu of WRL
limitations, then the Wall Limitation Screen will be shown
(Figure 3-25).
y
nl
O
ce
en
er
Wall Limitation Screen with 2 Virtual Walls already active

8797-33
FIGURE 3-25
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow function on the display subsequent actions. In Figure 3-25, one can see that the wall
or the jog dial changes the object highlighted on the screen. number symbol is selected since it has the orange color
ef
As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will move highlighting. Table 3-8: shows the objects available on the
between the objects, with the color orange typically meaning Wall Limitation Screen.
t ha t th e ob j e c t i s se l e c t ed an d c an b e a ffe c t e d b y
R

Symbol Description
y
nl
Enable symbol - this symbol is used to enable or disable the limitation. The selection for this option is
changed with an OK button. The symbols shown on the top (green background) indicate that the
limitation is enabled. The symbols shown on the bottom (not green background) indicate that the
limitation is disabled.
O
Virtual Wall Number - this is used to indicate the virtual wall that is being defined or altered (there can
be up to 5 virtual walls). If the limitation is enabled, and this symbol is highlighted (orange
3
ce
background), the value can be changed with the Up Arrow and Down Arrow function on the display or
jog dial (using an OK button to begin and complete the value entry).
Accept Crane Position Point A symbol - If the limitation is enabled, this symbol allows the acceptance
of the current crane position (in terms of hook radius and swing angle) to be the first point (Point A) of
en
a line that defines the position and orientation of the virtual wall. If this symbol is highlighted (as shown
here with orange background), and the crane position is accepted with an OK button, then the Point A
is considered defined.
Accept Crane Position Point B symbol - If the limitation is enabled, this symbol allows the acceptance
of the current crane position (in terms of hook radius and swing angle) to be the second point (Point B)
er
of a line that defines the position and orientation of the virtual wall. If this symbol is highlighted (as
shown here with orange background), and the crane position is accepted with an OK button, then the
Point B is considered defined. Note that if the Point A and Point B are not in allowable positions, a fault
will be generated, and a fault symbol will appear on the display. For instance, the 2 points may not be
ef
so close to each other that a virtual wall is not clearly defined; the 2 points should be at least 10 ft
apart).
Remove Virtual Wall symbol - If the limitation is enabled, and this symbol is highlighted (orange
R
background), this symbol removes the definition of the current wall.

Symbol Description
Wall Proximity Value - this value is the approximate distance from the boom nose to the nearest wall.
It becomes a negative value when the boom is protruding beyond the boundary of the wall.

First Virtual Wall Procedure Number on the display increments to 2 so that it is ready
to define a subsequent virtual wall, if so desired.
To define and enable the first Virtual Wall (assuming no
Virtual Walls are already defined), the following steps can be Subsequent Virtual Wall Procedure
used:
To define and enable further Virtual Walls (such as Virtual
1. The Wall Limitation Screen (Figure 3-25) is to be shown Wall 2 through 5), the following steps can be used:
on the display (and in this case there would not be any
virtual walls shown as defined or active). 1. The Wall Limitation Screen (similar to Figure 3-25) is to
be shown on the display.
highlight the Lockout symbol (orange color; refer to 2. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Virtual Wall
Table 3-8:). If this symbol is not shown, then only alarm/ Number (refer to Table 3-8:).
warning option is available). 3. If the wall number shown is not the correct number for
y
3. Use an OK button (item 2, Figure 3-18) to change the the new wall (note that it increments automatically when
lockout option to either affect controls (including the previous wall was defined), use an OK button (item
nl
lockout), if desired, or to just get warning indicators from 2, Figure 3-18) to allow modifying the value. Use the Up/
the display. Again, this step can be ignored if this symbol Down Arrows to alter the Virtual Wall number to the
is not shown. desired value. Use an OK button to finish entering the
value.
O
4. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the
position to define the first point of the Virtual Wall (Point 4. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the
A). position to define the first point of the Virtual Wall (Point
A).
5. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Accept
5. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Accept
ce
Crane Position Point A symbol (refer to Table 3-8:).
Crane Position Point A symbol (refer to Table 3-8:).
6. Use an OK button to accept the current crane position to
be Point A. The location of the point should now be 6. Use an OK button to accept the current crane position to
shown on the screen with a label of '1a'. be Point A. The location of the point should now be
shown on the screen with a label that shows the wall
en
7. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the number and the letter 'a'.
position to define the second point of the Virtual Wall
(Point B). The 2 points may not be so close to each other 7. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the
that a virtual wall is not clearly defined; the 2 points position to define the second point of the Virtual Wall
should be at least 10 ft apart. (Point B). The 2 points may not be so close to each other
that a virtual wall is not clearly defined; the 2 points
er
8. Use the Right Arrow function, if needed, to highlight the should be at least 10 ft apart.
Accept Crane Position Point B symbol (refer to Table 3-
8:). 8. Use the Right Arrow function, if needed, to highlight the
Accept Crane Position Point B symbol (refer to Table 3-
9. Use an OK button to accept the current crane position to
ef
8:).
be Point B. The location of the point should now be
shown on the screen with a label of '1b'. The screen 9. Use an OK button to accept the current crane position to
should also show a maroon-colored “forbidden zone” for be Point B. The location of the point should now be
the area beyond the Virtual Wall (such as for 2 such shown on the screen with a label. The screen should
R
walls in Figure 3-25). Use a visual inspection of the also show another maroon-colored “forbidden zone” for
screen and the area around the crane to verify that the the area beyond the Virtual Wall. Use a visual inspection
Virtual Wall is providing the desired zone correctly. Also, of the screen and the area around the crane to verify that
note that the boom is now at the wall limitation, so the Virtual Walls are providing the desired zone
alarms are most likely sounding. The boom can now be correctly. Again, note that the boom is now at the wall
moved away from the wall to cease the alarm. Refer to limitation, so alarms are most likely sounding. The boom
Table 3-2: for how the alarm performs when the lockout can now be moved away from the wall to cease the
option is not used. Refer to Figure 3-18 for the button to alarm. Refer to Table 3-2: for how the alarm performs
cancel an audible alarm (once boom motion has when the lockout option is not used. Refer to Figure 3-18
stopped). for the button to cancel an audible alarm (once boom
motion has stopped).
10. The Virtual Wall #1 is now defined and enabled. Crane
operations can be resumed with the WRL working with 10. The multiple Virtual Walls are now defined and enabled.
this specified limitation. Note that the Virtual Wall Crane operations can be resumed with the WRL working

Wall Limitation Disable Procedure increase the throttle command from idle to a
predetermined throttle command defined by the
To disable the active Wall Limitation, the following steps can operator.
be used:
• When no crane functions are being commanded for
1. The Wall Limitation Screen (Figure 3-25) is to be shown approximately 3 seconds, the ECO mode software will
on the display. reduce the throttle to idle.
2. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Virtual Wall
Number (refer to Table 3-8:). Terminology
3. If the wall number shown is not the correct number for Term Definition
wall to be disabled, use an OK button (item 2, ECO mode is OFF (throttle
Figure 3-18) to allow modifying the value. Use the Up/ Disabled ECO Mode command percent is always 0%
y
Down Arrows to alter the Virtual Wall number to the in this mode)
desired value. Use an OK button to finish entering the
value. ECO mode is ON and can be
nl
Enabled ECO mode operated at commanded throttle
4. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow function to percentage
highlight the Enable symbol (refer to Table 3-8:).
ECO mode has commanded a
5. Use an OK button to toggle the symbol to the limitation throttle percent greater than 0%
O
being disabled - it will not have the green color when it is Active ECO mode
(Must be enabled to become
disabled. active)
Delete Wall Limitation Procedure ECO mode is active and the

Inactive ECO mode command throttle percentage is
3
ce
To delete a Virtual Wall the following steps can be used: 0%
1. The Wall Limitation Screen (Figure 3-25) is to be shown The throttle percentage set by
on the display. Throttle Setpoint crane operator by pressing the
(Setpoint) Increment/Decrement Switch in
2. Use the Right Arrow function to highlight the Virtual Wall
en
the superstructure cabin.

Number (refer to Table 3-8:).
3. If the wall number shown is not the correct number for Requirements
wall to be deleted, use an OK button to allow modifying
the value. Use the Up/Down Arrows to change the ECO mode can be enabled by the crane operator on the
Operating Display (ODM). The default is for ECO mode to be
er
Virtual Wall number to the desired value. Use an OK

button to finish entering the value. disabled when shipped from the factory. Once enabled, the
system stays enabled until disabled through the ODM.
highlight the Remove Virtual Walls symbol (the 'X' or NOTE: ECO mode stays disabled (or enabled)
ef
refer to Table 3-8:). Use an OK button to delete the wall. independent of ignition key cycles and disconnect
switch cycles.
ECONOMY MODE The ODM screen that is used to enable ECO mode must
contain the following information:
R
In Economy (ECO) Mode the crane software will control the

throttle command to the engine over J1939. Based on the • Actual throttle command to the engine
state of the crane and inputs from the throttle pedal and the
• ECO mode Throttle percent setpoint
Increment/Decrement Throttle Switch, ECO mode will
reduce the throttle command when crane functions are not • ECO mode status (enabled, disabled, active, and
being used. This is intended to encourage the operator to run inactive)
crane functions with enough power provided by the engine
When enabled the throttle setpoint will be set to the ECO
and reduce the fuel consumption when the crane is not doing
mode Throttle percent setpoint unless the operator had
any work.
previously set it to a higher value using the Increment /
When ECO mode is allowed to change the throttle command Decrement switch.
the crane operator will observe the following:
The operator can increase the throttle command using the
• When any crane function is being commanded from throttle pedal independent if ECO mode is active or inactive.
approximately 0 to 15% of joystick input the software will

ECO mode is forced to inactive when the crane's • When user turns ECO mode ON:
transmission is being shifted to Forward or Reverse, or all
- Crane ramps engine from idle to operating RPM
crane functions are disabled.
using the first 15% of the joystick movement to
When active, ECO mode will ramp the throttle percent from 0 control the ramp.
to setpoint when any crane function command goes above
- Crane maintains operating RPM while crane
5% command. Once ECO mode’s output is at the setpoint,
functions are active and for a period of 3 seconds
the output will stay at the setpoint until no crane functions are
after crane functions go inactive.
being commanded for 3 seconds. Then the ECO mode's
throttle command is to be set to 0% (step down). - Crane ramps engine speed back down to idle point.
NOTE: Ramp time for increasing throttle percent is 2
Benefits
seconds from 0% to 100% throttle (slope = 50% per
second). • Less noise and less fuel consumption versus
y
maintaining crane at fixed “operating RPM”.
Operation
• Set point for engine operating speed is easily changed
nl
• Crane is able to idle at 700 RPM when crane functions by the user.
are not enabled.
• User can command additional engine speed at any time
• Crane idles at 900 RPM when any crane function has using the accelerator pedal.
O
been enabled.
• Lower idle speed is better for “creep speed” driving, and
• New feature added to Operating Display menu that improves braking performance.
allows user to turn on “ECO Mode” and set the operating
RPM for the crane.
ce
en
er
ef
R

Crane Control System (CCS) Symbols and

Icons
Symbol Description Symbol Description
3rd Wrap Warning Bypass 3 Pressed
4-Wheel Drive Coolant Temp
y
Auxiliary Hoist Status Differential Lock
nl
Auxiliary Hoist Disabled Engine Preheat
O
Auxiliary Hoist Enabled Engine Speed (RPM)
Auxiliary Hoist Raise Engine Warning (Error)

3
ce
Auxiliary Hoist Not In Use Emergency Stop
en
Auxiliary Hoist Lower Fuel Level
Battery Voltage Hoist Limit Switch Shutdown

er
Boom Lift Status Hydraulic Oil Temp
Boom No Load Chart Information Group

ef
Bypass 1 Active Jib Angle Difference

R
Bypass 2 Active Jib Angle Too High
Bypass 3 Active Jib Angle Too Low
Bypass 1 Pressed Jib Load Too High
Bypass 2 Pressed Jib No Load Chart

Low Brake Pressure Park Brake
Low Steering Fluid Pressure RCL Override
Main Hoist Status Status Light Bar Error
Main Hoist Disabled Swing Status
y
Main Hoist Enabled Swing Brake
nl
Main Hoist Raise Swing Group
O
Main Hoist Not In Use SLI Early Warning
ce
Main Hoist Lower SLI Shutdown
Marker/Position/Side Light Swing Brake

en
Rear Wheels Not Centered Telescope Menu
Oil Feed Filter Contaminated Telescope Manual Select

er
Outrigger Button Telescope Configuration

ef
Outrigger Front Left Telescope Status

R
Outrigger Front Right Tools Group
Transmission Temperature
Outrigger Group
Warning
Outrigger Rear Left Transmission Status
Outrigger Rear Right WRL Area Limit

WRL Height Limit WRL Swing Angle Limit
WRL Radius Limit
y
nl
O 3
ce
en
er
ef
R

OPERATING PROCEDURES Hook Block and Headache Ball

Inspect for nicks, gouges, cracks, and evidence of any other
Pre-Starting Checks damage. Replace a hook that has cracks or shows evidence
A complete walk-around visual inspection of the crane of excessive deformation of the hook opening (including
should always be made with special attention to structural twist). Be sure safety latch is free and aligned.
damage, loose equipment, leaks, or other conditions that
Seats and Mirrors
would require immediate correction for safe operation. Refer
to your Inspection and Lubrication Service Log. One copy of Adjust seat and mirrors for clear vision and safe driving.
the Inspection and Lubrication Service Log is provided in the
original package of manuals shipped with the crane. Seat Belts
Additional copies are available through the Manitowoc Seat Belt Maintenance
distributor network.
y
Seat belt assemblies are maintenance-free; however, they
Fuel Supply should be periodically inspected to ensure they are not
damaged and are in proper operating condition, especially if
nl
Fill fuel tank and ensure cap is on tight.
they have been subjected to severe stress.
Engine Oil
Cleaning Seat Belt Webbing
O
CAUTION Wash seat belt webbing with mild soap or detergent. Do not
Do not overfill. use commercial solvents. Bleaching or re-dyeing the
webbing is not recommended because of possible loss of
webbing strength.
Check oil level in the crankcase and ensure it is within the
ADD and FULL marks on the dipstick. Do not overfill.
ce
Signal and Running Lights
Engine Coolant Check all signal and running lights for proper operation.
Replace burned out lamps with those of the same number, or
equivalent.
DANGER
en
Service and Parking Brakes

Do not loosen radiator cap while engine and radiator are
hot. Steam or hot coolant will cause severe burns. Check for proper operation.
Tires
Check radiator coolant level and fill to the proper level. Do
er
not overfill. Ensure radiator cap is secure. Check for severe cuts, foreign objects embedded in treads,
and for correct inflation pressures. A tire inflation chart,
Batteries providing the correct air pressures, is located in the Load
Check battery cables and clamps are tight and not corroded. Chart Manual in the crane cab.
ef
Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter Wheels
Check hydraulic level sight gauge and filter condition Maintain proper torque on wheel lugs and check for proper
indicator on the hydraulic tank. Hydraulic fluid should be at wheel mounting. If equipped with steel or aluminum wheels,
R
normal operating temperature, with boom and outriggers in a re-torque wheels 80 to 160 km (50 to 100 mi) after initial
retracted position, and boom level. installation or any time tires and wheels are removed. Doing
this re-seats the lug nuts. Check lug nuts for proper torque
Check breather for cleanliness and ensure it is secure. every 800 km (500 mi) thereafter.
Wire Rope Safety Equipment
Inspect wire rope in accordance with applicable Federal Check all lights, windshield wipers, washers, washer liquid
Regulations. Sheaves, guards, guides, drums, flanges, and supply, horn, instruments, signaling devices, etc.
any other surfaces that come in contact with the rope should
be inspected for any condition that could cause possible Daily Lubrication
damage to the rope. Ensure all components requiring daily lubrication have been
serviced. Refer to Maintenance and Lubrication, page 5-1.

Boom lubricants, and other auxiliary items required for operation in

Before extending boom, ensure large access cover on top of arctic temperatures.
boom base section is installed. Manitowoc recommends the crane be equipped with the
For crane operation below -40°C (-40°F), derate load chart following cold weather accessories:
capacities by 6.60% for each degree Celsius or by 3.67% for Down to -29°C (-20°F) Package
each degree Fahrenheit below -40°C (-40°F).
• Battery heater
Air Cleaner
• Fuel line heater
Check filter restriction indicator (Tier 3 models only). Check
• Engine hood insulation
filter and tubing for security.
• Fan clutch
Air Intake Restriction Monitoring (AIRM)
y
Communications System - Tier 4 Only • Radiator air shutters
T h e Ti e r 4 e n g i n e i n c l u d e s t h e C u m m i n s A I R M • Air diverter
nl
Communications System. This calculates real-time air filter • Diesel fired cab heater
restriction at operational flow rate using the temperature and
pressure input from the TBAP sensor, which is included on • Cold weather alternator
the Direct Flow air cleaner.
O
• Fluids suitable to -29°C (-20°F)
A maintenance fault (Fault Code (FC) 5576) is initiated at the - Arctic windshield washer fluid
dirty filter restriction level, generating a blinking “Check
Engine” light for 30 seconds at every key on until the intake - Arctic fuel
air restriction drops below the dirty filter restriction threshold.
3
ce
Down to -40°C (-40°F) Package
A severe warning fault (FC 3341) is initiated if the • Coolant heater (to circulate warm coolant through
maintenance fault condition degrades to a severe restriction heaters and engine)
level for a given time period, generating a solid amber
“Check Engine” light and initiating a progressive engine • Transmission heater
en
derate to protect engine from damage until intake restriction

• Swivel heater
drops below dirty filter restriction threshold.
• Battery heater
Cold Weather Operation
The following recommendations are for operating Grove
er

cranes in regions with ambient temperatures below -9°C
(15°F) which are considered arctic. • Fan clutch
NOTE: Additional information regarding cold weather • Radiator shutters
operation is available through your Cummins
ef
• Air diverter
dealer/service center under Service Bulletin
3379009. • Diesel fired cab heater
Use particular care to ensure cranes operated in very cold • Cold weather alternator
R
temperatures are operated and maintained in accordance

• Super-capacitor starting system
with procedures provided by Manitowoc. Always ensure
adequate lubrication during system warm-up and proper • Fluids suitable to -40°C (-40°F):
operation of all crane functions when operating in cold
weather. - Arctic windshield washer fluid
Regardless of crane lubricant viscosity, always follow cold - Arctic fuel

weather start-up and operating procedures described in the Individual crane functions should be operated to ensure they
Operator Manual to ensure adequate lubrication during are sufficiently warmed prior to performing a lift. Allow at
system warm-up and proper operation of all crane functions, least 30 minutes of engine run time for warm up.
(Refer to Arctic Lubricants and Conditions, page 5-5).
Operation of cranes at full rated capacities in ambient
If in doubt of suitability for a specific fluid or lubricant, check temperatures between -9°C and -40°C (15°F and -40°F) or
with an authorized Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc lower should be accomplished only by competent operators
Crane Care. Cranes should have appropriate hydraulic oil, who possess the skill, experience, and dexterity to ensure
smooth operation. Shock loading shall be avoided. See

Section 5 of this manual for more detailed information on Radiator Shutters

operation of cranes down to -40°C (-40°F).
When starting engine, radiator shutters close and then
Component Coolant Heater reopen when coolant temperature reaches 71°C (160°F).
A diesel fueled coolant heater circulates warm coolant Auxiliary Cab Heater
through engine and crane components when operating The crane cab is heated with an auxiliary air heating system
during arctic temperatures. The coolant heater should be that runs independently of the engine. Heat is generated by
activated 2 hours before starting the crane to allow sufficient burning fuel taken from the heater fuel reservoir.
time to preheat fluids and assist with easy start-up
conditions. To heat the operator’s cab, activate the auxiliary diesel
heater and adjust temperature control switch mounted in the
overhead panel. The heating system fan delivers warm air
y
WARNING into an air distribution box. Air is circulated according to con-
trol settings and then delivered into the cab by a fan through
Explosion Hazard! various air extraction and air delivery vents.
nl
Before switching on, check if heater can be operated at
current site of the crane. There is a danger of explosion Do not cover vents with bags, articles of clothing or any other
when using heater around combustible objects! Do not objects. Keep hot air inlet and hot air outlet free of dirt and
park vehicle near objects that are flammable. foreign material. Soiled or blocked hot air lines may cause
O
Use caution near exhaust tailpipe as it will also become overheating, and result in damage.
very hot.
The crane auxiliary cab heater can be operated when engine
NOTE: Operation of heater is NOT allowed: is running or stopped as part of the programmable auxiliary
ce
heating system. Maximum cab temperature is achieved by
• At locations where flammable gas or vapors running only the auxiliary heater and using the standard cab
are found or can be formed (example: at fuel heater fan when engine is sufficiently warmed up. The stan-
stations and chemical factories) dard hot water crane cab heater can also be turned on after
• At locations where explosive dust is found or engine has started and is warmed to operating temperature.
en
can be formed (example: coal, wood or grain NOTE: When using heater at high altitudes, factory heater
dust). setting must be re-calibrated for proper heater
• There is a risk of suffocation when using the operation.
heater! • Heating at altitudes up to 1,500 m (4,900 ft)
er
• Do not operate heater in enclosed spaces Unlimited heating is possible

(example: garages).
• Heating at altitudes over 1,500 m - 3,000 m (4,900 ft -
To activate heater, ensure fuel supply valve from heater fuel 9,900 ft):
reservoir is turned to the ON position. Ensure battery
ef
disconnect switch is turned to the ON position and push the Heating is possible for short periods at this altitude
activation button at the heater control panel. A green light will (example: driving over a mountain pass or taking a
illuminate indicating system is activated. The start-up and break while traveling between job sites).
shutdown cycles may take approximately 2 minutes for During longer stays, (example: construction job project), the
R
initialization. Ensure coolant, transmission heater, swivel, fuel supply must be adjusted to the altitude or the heater will
battery heater, in-line fuel pump, in-line fuel heater, and malfunction. This can be done by installing an air pressure
hydraulic reservoir heater are heating properly. sensor kit (Manitowoc part number 90037674). Contact an
To deactivate heater, push button at heater control panel. authorized Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care
The green light will turn off indicating system is deactivated. for additional assistance.
Shutdown cycle takes approximately 2 minutes. NOTE: Accelerated discharging of battery will occur when
NOTE: Accelerated discharging of battery will occur when crane engine is switched off. If heater is operated
crane engine is switched off. If heater is operated with crane engine stopped, batteries will need to be
with crane engine stopped, batteries will need to be recharged after a short period of time.
recharged after a short period of time.

Battery Heater Use correct grade of fuel for prevailing temperature. Diesel
fuel should have a cloud point of 6°C (10°F) less than the
An in-line battery coolant heater circulates warm coolant
lowest expected temperature. In case of emergency,
under the battery when temperature is below -9°C (15°F).
kerosene may be added to the fuel to bring the cloud point
The battery coolant heater should be activated 2 hours
down to the required temperature.This will minimize clogging
before starting the crane to allow sufficient time to preheat
of filters and small passages by wax crystals. Addition of
batteries and provide easy start-up conditions.
kerosene is NOT recommended for general use. Refer to
Ensure battery heater coolant valve is turned OFF in ambient Arctic Lubricants and Conditions, page 5-5 of this operator
temperatures above -9°C (15°F). manual.
Air Diverter CAUTION

An air diverter directs warmed air collected from under the Engine Damage Hazard!
y
engine hood when temperature is below -9°C (15°F) to If Ultra Low Sulfur fuel is not used in engines that require
preheat the air intake going to the engine. it, the engine warranty will be void. Engine performance
nl
Ensure air diverter is switched to outside air intake in will quickly deteriorate and it may stop running.
ambient temperatures above -9°C (15°F).
Operation Below -40°C (-40°F)
Super Capacitor
O
For crane operation below -40°C (-40°F), derate load chart
The super capacitor provides additional cranking during cold
capacities by 6.60% for each degree Celsius or by 3.67% for
weather startup. The super capacitor is connected to the
each degree Fahrenheit below -40°C (-40°F).
standard batteries with an isolation relay. The positive relay
feed is activated when the key is in the crank and run Crane Warm-up Procedures
positions.The super capacitor allows the starter to be
3
ce
cranked for 30 seconds then cycled off for 60 seconds before The following procedures must be taken to properly warm
cranking again until the engine starts. different crane components before operating crane.
If crane has been left with battery disconnected for an NOTE: For temperatures below -9°C (15°F) refer to arctic
extended period of time, super capacitor will need up to 30 lubricants and conditions in the Operator and
en
minutes to charge before having full cranking capacity. Service Manuals.

Capacitor charge can be measured by the following: Before starting crane, ensure appropriate lubricants are used
for ambient temperatures in which the crane will operate (a
• Turn battery disconnect to on position.
list of lubricants and temperature ranges can be found in the
• Press black button located on top of capacitor: Lubrication section of your crane’s Operator Manual, by
er
contacting your local Manitowoc distributor, or by contacting

• If light flashes green, capacitor is charging and may not
Manitowoc Crane Care directly).
successfully start machine.
• If light is solid green, capacitor is charged and ready for CAUTION
ef
starting. Crane Damage Hazard!

Any other color or flash pattern may indicate an error. Refer Operating crane with incorrect lubricants and fluids for the
to decal located on capacitor. prevailing ambient temperature and/or failing to
R
adequately warm crane before cold weather operation

Diesel Fuel
can lead to a failure of a crane component or system.
Diesel fuel with low temperature characteristics is required to Always use Manitowoc recommended lubricants and
operate the engine down to an ambient temperature range fluids for prevailing ambient temperature. Properly start
from - 40°C (-40°F) to 49°C (120°F). Refer to the applicable and warm crane using cold weather procedures found in
engine manual for proper specifications. this Operator Manual and supplement before operating
crane at full load.

Engine Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing

Warm-up Procedures for All Temperature Ranges: Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Above -7°C
(20°F):
1. After starting, allow engine to idle for 3 to 5 minutes
before operating with a load. 1. Setup crane on fully extended outriggers, with boom
fully retracted and near maximum lift angle with no load
2. Cold Engine Startup: After allowing engine to warm by
applied.
idling it for 3 to 5 minutes, slowly increase engine speed
to provide adequate lubrication to bearings and to allow 2. Rotate superstructure at a speed of less than one RPM
oil pressure to stabilize. for at least one complete revolution in one direction, then
rotate superstructure at a speed of less than one RPM
Transmission for at least one complete revolution in opposite direction.
y
Operating transmission with a sump temperature below Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -7°C
normal operating temperature is limited to: (20°F):
nl
• operating in the neutral gear or 1. Setup crane on fully extended outriggers, with boom
fully retracted and near maximum lift angle with no load
• driving with an unloaded crane while not exceeding applied.
1500 engine RPM and not exceeding half throttle.
2. Rotate superstructure at a speed of less than one-half
O
Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (RT) Cranes: RPM for at least two complete revolutions in one
1. Engage parking brake and apply service brake. direction, then rotate superstructure at a speed of less
than one-half RPM for at least two complete revolutions
2. Shift transmission into the highest gear and increase in the opposite direction.
engine RPM to 1500 for 15 seconds, then allow engine
ce
RPM to return to idle. Axles
3. Repeat Step 2 until transmission sump reaches normal
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -35°C
operating temperature.
(-30°F):
Alternate Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (RT)
en
1. Setup crane on outriggers.

Cranes:
2. Engage transmission with 4-wheel drive selected (if
1. Setup crane on outriggers.
equipped) and allow crane to run at idle until
2. Engage transmission with 4-wheel drive selected (if transmission sump temperature reaches normal
equipped) and allow crane to run at idle until operating temperature.
er
transmission sump reaches normal operating

NOTE: Warm-up operation of 4-wheel drive transmission
temperature.
engaged in 2-wheel drive only could cause
NOTE: Warm-up operation of 4-wheel drive transmission transmission damage.
ef
engaged in 2-wheel drive only could cause

transmission damage. Hydraulic Oil System
Operating Limits and Warm-up Procedures:
Hoist
R
• From 4°C to -10°C (40°F to 15°F): Crane operation

Warm-up procedures are recommended at every startup and
without a load is allowed with medium engine RPM and
required at ambient temperatures below 4°C (40°F).
medium function speed (joystick position) until fluid
Warm-up Procedures: reaches at least 10°C (50°F). It is then recommended
that all crane functions be cycled to remove cold fluid
1. Without operating the hoist function, warm the hydraulic from all components and cylinders of the hydraulic
oil (see Hydraulic Oil System, page 3-62). system. If any unusual sound comes from the crane’s
2. Once hydraulic system is warm, operate the unloaded hydraulic pumps or motors, stop operation and engine
hoist, in both directions, at low speeds several times to immediately and contact a Manitowoc distributor.
prime all hydraulic lines with warm hydraulic oil and to • From 10°C to 4°C (50°F to 40°F): Crane operation with
circulate gear lubricant through the planetary gear sets. a load is allowed with medium engine RPM and medium
function speed (joystick position) until fluid reaches at
least 10°C (50°F).

• From 95°C to 10°C (200°F to 50°F): Crane operation

with a load is allowed with no restrictions.
Above 95°C (200°F): No crane operation is allowed. Let
hydraulic oil cool by running engine at idle with no functions
actuated.
Engine Operation
Start-up and shutdown procedures for most diesel engines 1
are generally the same. Therefore, the following procedures
can be applied, except where specific differences are noted.
(Refer to applicable engine manufacturer’s manual for
detailed procedures).
y
Start-Up Procedure
nl
Make an under-the-hood inspection for fuel, oil, and coolant
leaks, worn drive belts, and trash build-up.
8623
FIGURE 3-26
O
Cold Engine
DANGER
Diesel engine exhaust can be harmful to your health. Only Engine warning and engine stop indicators illuminate and go
operate engine in a well ventilated area or vent exhaust off in sequence after about two seconds (as a check) when
key is first turned on. If an indicator comes on and continues
outside.
3
ce
to blink after initial start-up, there is a problem that needs to
be corrected. If engine warning icon is selected, a screen
displays engine error codes.
CAUTION An engine block heater and grid heater are provided to aid in
Never crank engine for more than 30 seconds during an cold-starting.
en
attempted start. If engine does not start after 30 seconds,

1. Ensure emergency stop switch is not pressed.
allow starter motor to cool for two minutes before
attempting another start. 2. Set parking brake ON and place transmission shift lever
to Neutral.
er
NOTE: Engine will not crank unless transmission shift

CAUTION lever is in neutral.
If engine does not start after four attempts, correct NOTE: Engine “wait to start” indicator located on top left
malfunction before attempting another start. side of front console illuminates amber when
ef
ignition is turned to the on position. Do not crank

Use correct grade of oil for prevailing temperature in the engine until indicator turns off.
crankcase to prevent hard cranking. Diesel fuel should have
3. Turn key to first position. The CCS screen will provide
a pour point of 6°C (10°F) less than the lowest expected
R
data for various engine systems and alert operator to

temperature. In case of an emergency, white kerosene can
any detected fault codes.
be added to the fuel to bring the pour point down to the
required temperature. This will prevent clogging of filters and 4. Sound horn by pressing button on right joystick
small passages by wax crystals. The addition of kerosene is Figure 3-6.
NOT recommended for general use.
5. Turn ignition switch to start (far right position). Release
Ensure Battery Disconnect Switch handle (1) (Figure 3-26) is immediately when engine starts. Do not push or hold the
in the ON position (handle shown in the OFF position) throttle down. ECM automatically provides proper
amount of fuel to start engine.

Crane Travel Operation

CAUTION Seat Belts
If oil pressure and/or temperature indicator(s) do not
display the proper readings, shut down engine and Latch Plate
correct malfunction.
6. Allow engine to warm up for about five minutes before

applying a load. Do not race engine for a faster warm up.
Idling Engine
Buckle
Idling engine unnecessarily for long periods of time wastes
y
fuel and fouls injector nozzles. Unburned fuel causes carbon
formation; oil dilution; formation of lacquer or gummy
deposits on valves, pistons and rings; and rapid
nl
accumulation of sludge in the engine. FIGURE 3-27
Push Button
NOTE: When prolonged engine idling is necessary,
maintain at least 800 rpm. 1. Before fastening a seat belt, always adjust driver’s seat
O
to position in which you will drive.
Racing Engine
2. Pull belt across your lap and push latch plate into buckle
DO NOT race engine during warm-up period or operate until it clicks Figure 3-27.
beyond governed speed (as might occur in downhill
3. To reduce risk of sliding under belt during a collision,
operation or down-shifting). Engine bearings, pistons, and
ce
position belt across your lap as low on your hips as
valves may be damaged if these precautions are not taken.
possible and pull it toward door to a snug fit.
Shutdown Procedure
Traveling — General
1. Allow engine to run at fast idle speed for about five
en
minutes to avoid high internal heat rise and allow for

heat dissipation. WARNING
2. Position ignition switch OFF (vertical position). Inadvertent Operation Hazard!
3. Drain fuel filter-water separator. Before traveling, ensure crane functions are fully
er
disabled. The crane function enable switch is a spring

Battery Disconnect return switch and cannot be put in a specific OFF
position.This will prevent inadvertent operation of craning
functions due to bumping controllers while traveling.
ef
GRT machines are subject to the same road regulations as

any truck, regarding gross weight, width, and length
limitations.
R
Although GRT machines are specifically designed for rough

terrain, the operator should be extremely cautious and aware
of terrain operating conditions.
Battery disconnect switch is located on battery box cover on

left side of the crane. To disconnect batteries, turn battery
disconnect switch OFF. Turn switch ON to connect batteries.

• Conduct all travel with assistance of a ground person to

warn operator of any change in terrain conditions.
Owner/lessee must take appropriate measures to ensure all
WARNING persons operating or working with affected models are in
Tipping Hazard! c o m p l i a n c e w i t h T h e M a n i t o w o c C o m p a n y, I n c .
Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces, and any other recommendations. Operator of the crane assumes
obstacles which might subject crane to undue stresses or responsibility for determining suitability of traveling
possible overturn. conditions. Traveling under controlled conditions specified in
these guidelines, must be conducted with the utmost
Do not drive crane with boom off center because diligence and care to ensure safety of all personnel
automatic oscillation lockout will occur, making crane performing the operation and/or working around the crane.
subject to tipping on uneven surfaces. Center boom over
y
front, disable swing functions, and engage Turntable Lock Traveling — Towing/Pulling
Pin.
CAUTION
nl
Fully retract boom. Ensure swingaway jib is properly
stowed and secured. Machine Damage Hazard!
Manitowoc recommends towing or pulling another vehicle
with the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or by attaching
O
at a point no higher than the pintle hook height, or severe
CAUTION damage may occur to the drivetrain.
Machine Damage Hazard! Do not tow or pull by attaching to the tie-down lugs unless
Do not travel with an empty hook in a position where it can the attaching point is no higher than the pintle hook
height. 3
ce
swing freely (except where noted). Remove hook block
and/or headache ball from hoist cable(s) and stow Use four-wheel drive when greater traction is necessary
securely or make sure hook block or headache ball is to avoid severe damage to the drivetrain.
properly secured to tie down provided for that purpose.
Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or
Do not drive crane with lift cylinder bottomed. At a tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
en
minimum, position boom slightly above horizontal. drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
Fully retract outrigger jacks and properly store pads. crane unassisted.
Disengage pumps (if applicable) for extended traveling.
To avoid severe damage to the drive train while using the
crane to tow or pull another vehicle, follow these
er
recommendations:
CAUTION • Ensure boom is in a horizontal position and not elevated
Machine Damage Hazard! above 0°.
ef
Manitowoc recommends towing or pulling another vehicle • Ensure outrigger beams and jacks are fully retracted
with the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or by attaching with the pads properly stowed.
at a point no higher than pintle hook height, or severe
damage may occur to the drivetrain. • Tow or pull on open ground when possible.
R
Do not tow or pull by attaching to tie-down lugs unless • Connect to the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or
attaching point is no higher than pintle hook height. attach cables/straps to the crane at a point no higher
Use four-wheel drive when greater traction is necessary than the pintle hook height.
to avoid severe damage to the drivetrain. • Use four-wheel drive when greater traction is necessary.
Should crane become mired, use a tow truck or tractor to (Refer to Four-Wheel Drive Operation, page 3-69 for
free the vehicle. Severe damage to drivetrain may occur if operating instructions.)
operator attempts to free crane unassisted.
• Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck
or tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
• Use four-wheel drive only when greater traction is
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
necessary. (Refer to Four-Wheel Drive Operation, page
crane unassisted.
3-69 for operating instructions.)
• Conduct all travel with the assistance of a ground person
• Ensure outrigger beams and jacks are fully retracted
to warn the operator of any changing conditions in the
with pads properly stowed.
terrain being traversed.

Traveling — Being Towed/Pulled • Limit travel to a forward direction only.

Manitowoc recommends connecting to a pintle hook (if • Do not exceed a speed of 1.6 km/h (1 mph).
equipped) or evenly attaching to the tie-down lugs when
• Fully retract all boom sections.
being towed by another vehicle.
• Stow or remove boom extension from crane.
• Lower boom to horizontal and position over front of
CAUTION crane.
Machine Damage Hazard! • Engage swing brake and turntable lock pin.
It is recommended to attach cables/straps to the optional • Either the hook block may be reeved over the main
pintle hook (if equipped) or evenly attach to the tie-down boom nose or the headache ball may be reeved over the
lugs if being towed by another vehicle. main boom nose or auxiliary boom nose; the other must
y
Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or be removed. If hook block or headache ball remains
tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the reeved on the boom, it must be secured at the tie down
nl
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the on the carrier to prevent swinging.
crane unassisted.
• Inflate tires to recommended pressure for pick and carry
operations.
• Ensure boom is in a horizontal position and not elevated
O
above 0°. • Ensure hydraulic tank is filled to specified level. Ensure
fuel tank is over half full.
• Ensure outrigger beams and jacks are fully retracted
with pads properly stowed. • Ensure engine and transmission fluids are filled to the
To avoid severe damage to drive train while crane engine is specified levels.
ce
disabled: • Ensure axle differentials and planetary hub fluids are
• Disconnect drivelines. filled to the specified levels.
• Disengage parking brake by manually turning parking • Do not support any loads by the boom (i.e., no pick and
brake adjustment until axle turns free. carry loads) while traversing a slope.
en
• Remove all cribbing or other non-standard accessories

from crane.
DANGER • Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces, and any
Run-away Crane Hazard! other obstacles that might subject crane to undue
er
Disabling parking brake may result in crane rolling away stresses and possible overturn.
freely without the ability of the operator to stop the crane. • Conduct all travel with assistance of a ground person to
Ensure wheel chocks are properly placed when parking warn operator of any changing conditions of terrain
crane with the parking brake disabled. being traversed.
ef
Death or serious injury and damage to machinery could Slope Limitations:

result from moving machinery.
• On a side-to-side slope, do not exceed 15% (8.5°) and
• Secure steering to prevent turning while towing. 1.6 km/h (1 mph).
R
• Conduct all travel with assistance of a ground person to • When traversing a fore-to-aft slope that is less than or
warn operator of any changing conditions in terrain equal to 15% (8.5°), follow the normal crane travel
being traversed. procedures outlined in this manual.
Traveling on Slopes • When traversing a fore-to-aft slope that is greater than

15% (8.5°) and less than 25% (14°), shift transmission to
Crane operators need to exercise caution whenever 4-wheel drive and limit travel speed to 1.6 km/h (1 mph).
operating crane on uneven surfaces. Travel on slopes is If crane must be parked, ensure the transmission is in
permitted as long as the following conditions are met. 4-wheel drive and the wheels are chocked.
• Do not exceed a 15% (8.5°) slope side-to-side or fore- • When traversing a fore-to-aft slope that is equal to or
and-aft. greater than 25% (14°), use an assist vehicle and shift
• Travel must be on an improved surface or hard-packed the crane’s transmission to 4-wheel drive. Do not park
dry earth having a minimum 0.5 coefficient of adhesion. crane on a slope equal to or greater than 25% (14°).

• Never exceed a fore-to-aft slope of 30% (16°). • Hook block may be reeved over the main boom nose.
Headache ball may be reeved over the main boom nose
• For slope limitations when traveling with an elevated
or auxiliary boom nos e. Block an d ba ll may be
boom, an erected boom extension and inserts, or a
suspended below the boom nose. It is also acceptable to
heavy counterweight installed, refer to the specific
secure the block or ball to carrier tie down point to
traveling instructions in this section.
prevent swinging if necessary.
Owner/lessee must take appropriate measures to ensure all
• Limit boom angle to a maximum of 20°.
persons operating or working with affected models are in
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h T h e M a n i t o w o c C o m p a n y, I n c . • Do not support any load from the boom (see Pick and
recommendations. Crane operator assumes responsibility Carry Load chart for limitations for this application).
for determining suitability of traveling on a slope.
• Remove all cribbing or other non-standard accessories
Traveling on a slope should only be attempted under from crane.
y
controlled conditions specified in these guidelines, and must
• Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces and any
be conducted with the utmost diligence and care to ensure
other obstacles that might subject crane to undue
safety of all personnel performing the operation and/or
nl
stresses and possible overturn.
working around the crane.
• Ensure adequate clearance to any overhead
Should operator need to traverse slopes outside criteria
obstructions crane may be required to travel beneath.
defined in the above guidelines contact The Manitowoc
O
Company, Inc. for further guidance. • Ensure all personnel involved in the operation and those
working around crane are aware of any hazards that
Traveling with Elevated Boom may be encountered and are trained how to avoid them.
Traveling with Boom Extension and/or Inserts

3
ce
Erected
WARNING 33 ft (10.1 m)/56 ft (17.1 m) Extension
Overhead Objects Hazard
• Main Boom shall be fully retracted.
Contacting overhead objects while driving crane may
en
result in death, severe injury, and/or equipment damage. • 33 ft/56ft/76ft boom extension shall be erected at
Traveling with boom elevated should only be attempted minimum (0 deg) offset.
under controlled conditions specified in this section.
NOTE: While traveling with 33ft extension, stinger section
must remain stowed on main boom base section.
Exercise caution whenever driving crane with boom
er
elevated. Travel with the boom elevated is permitted as long • Jobsite travel shall be only on firm, level surface.
as the following steps are followed.
• Maximum Travel speed: 2.5 mph.
• Limit travel to firm, level surfaces.
• For 33ft/56ft boom extension: Main boom angle shall be
ef
• Inspect route of travel before moving crane. Pay between 0 degree and 30 degrees.
particular attention to any changing conditions of terrain
• For 76ft boom extension: Main boom angle shall be
being traversed. Avoid any overhead obstructions.
between 0 degree and 20 degrees.
• Travel must be performed in a controlled fashion.
R
• Main counterweight (Standard 22,000 lb or Heavy

• Do not exceed a speed of 24 km/h (15 mph). 27,000 lb) shall be installed.
• Inflate tires to recommended pressure for travel • Boom shall be directly over Front. Swing lock shall be
operations. engaged.
• When using towing attachments, boom must remain • Hookblock must be removed from main boom nose.
horizontal.
• Headache ball may be reeved over boom extension,
• Fully retract all boom sections. hanging 3 ft below sheave.
• Refer to Traveling with Boom Extension and/or Inserts 33 ft (10.1 m)/56 ft (17.1 m) Extension Plus 20 ft (6 m)
Erected, page 3-67 if boom extension is in the erected Insert
position.
• Position the 33 ft (10.1 m) or 56 ft (17.1 m) boom
• Position boom over front of crane. extension plus 20 ft (6 m) insert at minimum offset. If
traveling with just the 33 ft (10.1 m) extension and insert,
• Engage swing brake and turntable lock pin.

stow the stinger section on the boom base section, not Traveling — Forward
on the extension base section.
• Travel only on a firm, level surface. CAUTION
Machine Damage Hazard!
• Fully retract the main boom.
Engage turntable lock pin for extended travel. Failure to
• Limit main boom angle to a minimum of 0° and a engage lock pin may allow superstructure to swing
maximum of 20°. uncontrolled, damaging machine and/or property.
• Do not exceed a speed of 2.5 mph (4 km/h).
1. With Transmission Shift Lever in neutral (N) position,
• Ensure main counterweight is installed. start engine and allow it to adequately warm up.
• Position the boom over the front of the crane. 2. Press Service Brake Foot Pedal.
y
• Engage the swing brake and turntable lock pin.
• Remove hookblock from main boom nose.
WARNING
nl
• Headache ball may be reeved over boom extension, Run-away Crane Hazard!
hanging 3 ft (0.9 m) below sheave.
Releasing parking brake while low service brake pressure
Extended Travel indicator is illuminated and buzzer is sounding, indicating
O
service brakes are inoperable, may result in crane rolling
Depending upon the tire manufacturer, the higher inflation away freely without ability of operator to stop crane.
pressures normally specified for lifting on rubber are not
recommended for site to site transfer over extended Never release parking brake while low service brake
distances. The higher static/creep 8 km/h (5 mph) inflation pressure indicator is illuminated and buzzer is sounding.
ce
pressures may remain in the tire while operating the crane
on site within a distance of less than 6.4 km (4 mi). 3. Disengage parking brake.
4. Position Drive Axle Switch to two-wheel high or four-
wheel low.
CAUTION
en
Tire Damage Hazard! CAUTION

For extended travel, check cold tire pressure before start. Use four-wheel drive only when more traction is required.
(Refer to tire inflation chart in Load Chart Book.) After
every one hour of travel time, regardless of ambient 5. Lift Transmission Shift Lever up out of detent and push
er
temperature, stop and allow tires to cool for at least 30 lever to the forward (F) position. Rotate the
minutes. At destination, tires must be allowed to cool to Transmission Shift Lever Knob to the first (1) gear
ambient temperature before crane lifting on rubber. position. Gear selection “F1” appears in the CCS
Display to indicate forward propulsion and first (1) gear
ef
have been selected.

NOTE: If Service Brake Foot Pedal is not pressed before
shifting to a gear, the gear selection will flash in the
CCS Display until Transmission Shift Lever is
R
returned to the neutral (N) position. Transmission

will not shift.
6. Release Service Brake Foot Pedal and press Foot
Throttle Pedal until maximum first gear speed is
reached. Rotate Transmission Shift Lever Knob to the
second (II) gear position to continue to increase speed.
For additional speed, continue shifting to a higher gear.
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
Do not down-shift to a lower gear if road speed is greater
than maximum speed of the lower gear.

Traveling — Reverse permits driving crane forward or backward in a crabbing

manner.
Traveling in reverse is similar to traveling forward, except for
shifting Transmission Shift Lever to reverse (R). Refer to
Traveling — Forward, page 3-68.
CAUTION
Machine Damage Hazard!
Engage turntable lock pin for extended travel. Failure to
6402-1
engage lock pin may allow superstructure to swing
Front-Wheel Rear Wheel
uncontrolled, damaging machine and/or property.
y
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
nl
Apply service brakes and bring crane to a complete stop
before shifting transmission into reverse.
6402-2
O
Steering Four-Wheel Crabbing
FIGURE 3-28
Steering is accomplished by the steering wheel and rear
steer control. These controls, used singly or together, Four-Wheel Drive Operation
provide front wheel steering, rear wheel steering, four-wheel
3
ce
steering, and crabbing capabilities Figure 3-28.
CAUTION
Front Wheel Steering Machine Damage Hazard!
Conventional front wheel steering is accomplished with the Do not tow or pull in 1st gear with Drive Axle Selector
steering wheel. This method of steering should always be Switch in two-wheel drive position. Severe damage to
drive train will result. Always engage four-wheel drive.
en
used when traveling at higher speeds.
If more traction is required due to slipping or spinning

wheels, engage front axle drive as follows:
WARNING
Unexpected Operation Hazard! CAUTION
er
Operate rear steer ONLY at slow speeds for added job Possible Machine Damage!
site maneuverability.
Before shifting from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive
(or from four back to two), crane travel must be stopped.
ef
Rear Wheel Steering

Rear wheel steering is controlled by the Rear Steer Control 1. Stop crane by pressing Service Brake Foot Pedal.
Switch. Moving control switch to the desired position 2. Position Transmission Shift Lever to neutral (N) position.
activates the rear steer cylinders, steering crane in the
R
selected direction. 3. Position Drive Axle Selector Switch to four-wheel low.
Four Wheel Steering NOTE: If Drive Axle Selector Switch is positioned to four-
wheel low, Service Brake Foot Pedal is not
Four wheel steering is accomplished with the steering wheel pressed, and Transmission Shift Lever is not in
and Rear Steer Control Switch. Depending which direction neutral (N) position Four-Wheel Drive Indicator will
the operator wishes to travel, the steering wheel is turned flash and four-wheel drive function will not engage.
opposite direction of the Rear Steer control position. This
allows crane to turn or maneuver in close, restricted areas. 4. Select gear speed and direction of travel with Transmission
Shift Lever and Knob.
Crabbing
5. Drive crane following Traveling — Forward, page 3-68.
Crabbing is accomplished with the steering wheel and Rear
Steer Control Switch. Depending which direction the 6. Return Drive Axle Selector Switch to two-wheel high
operator wishes to travel (crab), the steering wheel is turned position as soon as two-wheel traction will suffice and
in the same direction as the Rear Steer Control Switch. This crane motion has stopped. Service Brake Foot Pedal
must be pressed and Transmission Shift Lever must be

in Neutral (N) position to shift from four-wheel low to two- 4. Lock differentials only when maximum traction is
wheel high. needed on poor road or highway surfaces.
Differential Lock Operation (Optional)
CAUTION CAUTION
Possible Loss of Vehicle Stability!
Unexpected Operation!
Do not lock differentials when vehicle is traveling down
When using differential lock, steering characteristics may
steep grades and traction is minimal.
be affected.
Try to use four-wheel drive to gain adequate traction
5. Always unlock differentials when need for maximum
before using differential lock.
traction has passed or when traveling on good road or
Do not operate differential lock when traveling downhill; at highway surfaces.
y
speeds above 16.1 km/h (10 mph); on hard, dry surfaces;
and/or during axle spin-out. Operation
nl
The differential lock function should preferably be engaged
NOTE: Differential lock will not operate unless Drive when crane is stationary but may be engaged when moving,
Selector Switch is in four-wheel low position. if the following conditions are met:
General
O
1. Crane is moving very slowly (creep speed).
The purpose of the differential lock is to provide maximum 2. Wheels are not spinning at time of engagement.
traction and control on poor road or highway surfaces. When
differential locks are actuated, the clutch collar completely When traveling with differentials locked, do not deviate from
locks the differential case, gearing, and axle shafts together, a straight path more than absolutely necessary. Engage
ce
maximizing traction to both wheels of each axle. The lock differential locks by doing the following:
position will also protect against spinout. 1. Position Axle Differential Lock Control Switch to the
When normal driving conditions exist (during periods of good locked position with crane stationary or moving at a slow
traction), differential locks should not be actuated. Axles speed.
en
should be allowed to operate with differential action between If moving at a slow speed, let up momentarily on the
both wheels. Foot Throttle Pedal to relieve torque on the differential
Follow steps below when engaging/disengaging the gearing. This will fully engage differential locks.
differential lock function. NOTE: When differentials are locked, Axle Differential
Locked Indicator illuminates.
er
1. Lock differentials by pressing and holding the Axle

Differential Control Switch in the lock position. 2. Proceed over poor road condition cautiously.
Disengage the function by releasing the switch.
When adverse condition have passed, disengage differential
2. Lock/unlock differentials only when vehicle is standing locks by doing the following:
ef
still or moving at a constant low speed with wheels not

slipping. 1. Release Axle Differential Lock Control Switch, allowing it
to return to the unlocked position while maintaining a
slow speed.
CAUTION
R
Possible Machine Damage! 2. Let up momentarily on the Foot Throttle Pedal to relieve
torque on the differential gearing, allowing differential to
When driving on hard, dry surfaces with differentials
fully unlock.
locked, do not turn the wheels. Damage to drive line
components can result. NOTE: When differentials are unlocked, Axle Differential
Do not lock differentials when wheels are slipping. Locked Indicator will not be illuminated.
Damage to differentials can result. 3. Resume driving at a normal speed using good driving
judgment.
3. Locked differentials cause crane’s turning radius to
increase, creating an understeer condition. Use caution, Axle Oscillation Lockouts Operation
good judgment, and drive at low speeds when operating The following procedure should be used to periodically
vehicle with locked differentials. check the axle oscillation system and ensure it is in proper
working condition.

1. Ensure tires are inflated to recommended pressure. Preload Check

Refer to Load Chart Book in the crane cab for proper
After crane has been readied for service, an operational
inflation pressures.
check of all crane functions (with no load applied) should be
2. With hook unloaded, boom fully retracted and centered performed. Preload check is as follows:
over the front at no more than a 10° to 15° boom angle,
• Extend and set outriggers and level crane.
position crane on a block or curb so one rear tire is
approximately 15 to 30 cm (6 to 12 in) above the level of • Raise, lower, and swing boom right and left at least 45
the opposite tire. degrees.
3. Slowly swing superstructure to left or right until axle • Telescope boom out and back in, ensuring all sections
oscillation lockout valve is activated. This will lock rear extend and retract properly.
axle out of level. Do not swing beyond tire track.
• Raise and lower cable a few times at various boom
y
4. After engaging swing brake, slowly drive off of block or lengths. Make sure there are no kinks and cable is
curb and stop. Rear tires should both be touching the spooling on hoist properly.
road surface and opposite front tire should be light or
nl
slightly off road surface.
5. Release swing brake and swing superstructure until it is
CAUTION
centered over the front. Run engine at or near governed RPM during operation of
O
all crane functions.
NOTE: Carefully read and become familiar with all crane

operating instructions before operating the crane.
DANGER
3
ce
Tipping Hazard! Using Your Load Chart
Do not operate crane if axle oscillation lockout system is NOTE: One of the most important tools of every Grove
not functioning properly. crane is the load chart in the crane operator's cab.
Failure to comply with this warning may result in death or
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-29 for terms to know in
serious injury.
en
determining lifting capacities.

If axle oscillation lockout valve is functioning properly, The load chart contains crane lifting capacities in all
crane will re-level itself; if valve is not working properly, allowable lifting configurations and must be thoroughly
crane will not re-level itself. If rear axle does not lock or understood by the operator.
unlock properly, evaluate lockout system and repair as
er
The load chart is divided into capabilities limited by crane

necessary.
structural strength and stability which is shown by a bold line
General Crane Operation across the chart. Structural strength limits are above the line
and stability limits are below the line.
ef
Pump Drive The left column is the load radius, which is the distance from
Main #1 and #2 hydraulic pumps are mounted to rear of axis of crane rotation to load center of gravity. The top row
transmission driven PTO. lists various boom lengths from fully retracted to fully
extended (with swingaway extension). The number at the
R
The #3 hydraulic pump is direct engine driven and mounted intersection of the left column and top row is the total load
to lower left side of engine. limit for that load radius and boom length. The number in
parentheses below the total load limit is required boom angle
Joystick Operation
(in degrees) for that load. Use lower weight limit for the 2
The joystick operation for crane functions is proportional, i.e., boom lengths.
the closer lever is to neutral (center), the slower the system
Another important section is the range diagram. The range
responds. Return the joystick to neutral to hold the load. Do
diagram shows operating radius and tip height that can be
not feather hoist control to hold the load.
achieved at a given boom length and angle. If the operator
NOTE: Always operate joysticks with slow, even pressure. knows radius and tip height required for a specific lift, the
angle and boom length can quickly be determined from the
range diagram. Or, if an operator knows boom length and
angle, they can quickly determine tip height and operating
radius.

MA
IN
BO
OM
LE
NG AXIS OF ROTATION
TH
BOOM ANGLE
y
nl
HORIZONTAL
4605
OPERATING RADIUS
O
TERMS TO KNOW
FIGURE 3-29
ce
A lifting diagram is included for over-side, over-rear, and A check of the load chart for a 15.2 m (50 ft) radius and
over-front lifting areas. The lifting area diagram shows 19.5 m (64 ft) of boom length shows a capacity of 3601 kg
locations of the outrigger jack cylinders in full extended (7940 lb) on outriggers over-front and 4970 lb on outriggers
position are used to mark lifting area boundaries. 360 degrees.
en
Another section contains notes for lifting capacities. Be sure Subtract load handling weight of 632 lb from load capacity of
to read and understand all notes concerning lifting 3601 kg (7940 lb) and 2254 kg (4970 lb). The result is a
capacities. weight capacity of 3315 kg (7308 lb) over-the-front and
1968 kg (4338 lb) for 360 degrees.
The load chart also gives weight reductions for Manitowoc/
er
Grove load handling devices such as hookblocks, overhaul We are restricted in making the lift over-front only, with a
balls, boom extension sections, etc., which must be boom angle of about 29 degrees.
considered as part of the load. Weight of any other load
handling devices such as chains, slings, or spreader bars Proper Crane Leveling
ef
must also be added to the weight of the load. ASME B30.5 specifies if a crane is not level within 1% of
NOTE: Information in the following paragraph is an grade, allowable capacities must be reduced. Therefore,
example only of how to compute a lift. Numbers whether lifting on rubber or outriggers, it is essential the
may not match load chart in the crane cab. crane is level to within 1% of grade. The bubble level
R
indicator provided on the crane is calibrated to be accurate

Example: A concrete beam weighing 2268 kg (5000 lb) within 1% of grade.
needs to be lifted to a height of 9.1 m (30 ft) at a radius of
15.2 m (50 ft) (maximum). The range diagram indicates the To properly level the crane, the boom must be positioned
boom must be extended to 18.9 m (62 ft) to reach a height of over front of the crane, fully lowered to horizontal and fully
9.1 m (30 ft) at a radius of 15.2 m (50 ft). retracted (for cranes fitted with a boom rest, boom shall be
stowed onto the rest). Raise and level crane following
First check the crane for load handling devices. In our instructions for Using Outriggers, page 3-73.
example, the crane is equipped with a auxiliary boom nose
(rooster sheave) and a five ton overhaul ball. The rooster A working crane may settle during lifting operations.
sheave is 50 kg (110 lb), and the overhaul ball is 78 kg Frequently check the crane for level. When rechecking the
(172 lb) for a total of 128 kg (282 lb). The lift requires slings crane for level, the boom must be positioned over the front of
and spreader bars weighing 159 kg (350 lb) which makes the crane, fully lowered to horizontal and fully retracted (for
the total weight for the load handling devices 286 kg (632 lb). cranes fitted with a boom rest, the boom shall be stowed
onto the rest). If necessary, relevel the crane following
instructions for Using Outriggers, page 3-73.

Level Indicator Adjustment NOTE: The crane also allows operations with outriggers
fully retracted. Reference the load chart for
The Level Indicator should be checked periodically; if it is capacities.
suspected that the Level Indicator is out of adjustment, verify
and adjust the level as follows: Setting Outriggers
1. Position crane on a firm, level surface. 1. Engage Parking Brake.
2. Extend and set outriggers. Level crane, as indicated by NOTE: To enable outrigger functions: crane must be in four
the level indicator, using the outriggers. wheel drive, parking brake must be engaged,
swing brake must be engaged, and all crane
3. Place a miracle pointer level, carpenter level, or similar
functions must be off.
type device on a machined surface such as the turntable
bearing or bearing mounting surfaces. 2. Position outrigger pads directly out from each outrigger
y
to where outriggers will be properly extended.
4. Using the outriggers, level crane as indicated on the
leveling device used in step 3.
CAUTION
nl
5. Using level indicator mounting screws, adjust level
Possible Equipment Damage!
indicator to show level.
Always press one of the outrigger/selector switches
Crane Functions before positioning the outrigger extension/retraction
O
switch to extend or retract. Failure to do this may cause a
Using Outriggers hydraulic lock against individual solenoid valves,
preventing them from opening.
Outriggers are operated from the front console in the cab or
using jog dial on the armrest.
3
ce
DANGER DANGER
To prevent serious injury or death, keep clear of moving
Electrocution Hazard!
outrigger beams/jacks.
en
To avoid death or serious injury, keep all parts of this

machine, the rigging, and materials being lifted at least 6
meters (20 feet) away from electrical power lines and
equipment.
DANGER
er
3. If extending the outrigger to the mid-extend or fully

Death or serious injury could result from improper crane extended position, use the Outrigger Function Enable
setup on outriggers. Switch and the CCS menu with either the CCS display
buttons or the jog dial to select the outrigger. The
ef
appropriate outrigger beam will extend. Refer to

Engaging the Mid Extend Lock Pin, page 3-74 if the
crane is to be operated with anythe outriggers at the
WARNING mid-extend position.
R
Be sure the outriggers are properly extended and set, and

the crane is level for operation on outriggers.
All four outrigger beams must be equally extended to the DANGER
mid position vertical stripe or fully extended position Tipping Hazard!
before beginning operation.
All four outrigger beams must be deployed to one of three
positions before beginning operation, which include fully
retracted, mid-extend, or fully extended; do not operate
the crane with the outriggers in any other position.
WARNING
NOTE: More than one outrigger beam can be extended at
When operating the crane on outriggers, the outriggers a time. To ensure each outrigger is fully extended,
should always be fully extended or locked in the mid- repeat step 3 for each outrigger after a multi-
extend position. outrigger extension.

4. After deploying the four outrigger beams to fully in the proper position it will be shown as red. The RCL does
retracted, mid-extend, or fully extended positions, not lock out the crane or select a different chart based on
navigate to Jack Operation on the CCS screen. Select outrigger position.
Jack Extend on the Outrigger Function Enable Switch.
Engaging the Mid Extend Lock Pin
Extend each outrigger jack, using either the CCS display
buttons or the jog dial, positioning the pad as necessary, NOTE: It may be necessary to jog the outrigger extension/
until the locking levers of the pad engage the jack retraction switch slightly to ensure proper pin
cylinder barrel. engagement.
NOTE: More than one jack can be extended at a time. 1. With outriggers fully retracted, turn locking pin 90° from
its stowed position and allow pin to slip into the lug on
5. Extend front jacks approximately 8 to 10 cm (3 to 4 in). the jack beam. If pin will not slip into the lug, slowly
6. Extend rear jacks approximately 8 to 10 cm (3 to 4 in). extend or retract the outrigger beam, allowing locking
y
pin to drop into the lug.
NOTE: Ensure tilting cab is in the lowered position before
leveling machine. 2. Slowly extend or retract outrigger beam, allowing locking
nl
pin to drop into the hole in top of the outrigger beam,
7. Repeat step 4 until all wheels are clear of the ground engaging outrigger beam at the desired length.
and crane is level as indicated by the level indicator
located on the right side of the cab. Stowing the Outriggers
O
NOTE: If it is suspected the level indicator is out of NOTE: To enable outrigger functions, crane must be in four
adjustment, verify and adjust the level using the wheel drive, parking brake must be engaged, and
procedures under Level Indicator Adjustment, swing must be off.
page 3-73.
1. Use screen buttons or jog dial with Outrigger Function
ce
Enable Switch to select left or right rear outrigger on the
CCS screen. Retract until rear jacks have adequate
clearance.
DANGER
2. Use screen buttons or jog dial with Outrigger Function
Tipping Hazard!
en
Enable Switch to select left or right front outrigger on the

The mid-extend outrigger beam lock pin must be engaged CCS screen. Retract until front jacks have adequate
before operating on any beam from the mid-extend clearance.
position.
er
Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) (Optional— DANGER

Standard in North America and European Union Keep feet and hands clear of outrigger pads when
Countries) unlocking the pads from the jacks.
ef
The Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) aids the operator in

accurately programming the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until crane is resting on all wheels
by automatically identifying the horizontal position of each and outrigger jack pads are several inches off the
outrigger beam. The OMS uses four sensors, one per ground.
R
outrigger beam, to indicate when an outrigger beam is 4. Release locking levers and allow outrigger pads to drop
positioned to one of three pre-defined locations, including to the ground.
fully retracted, mid-extend, and fully extended.
5. Continue to retract jacks until fully retracted.
Outrigger setup is the same for cranes equipped with OMS;
refer to “The crane also allows operations with outriggers 6. Use screen buttons or jog dial with Outrigger Function
fully retracted. Reference the load chart for capacities.” on Enable Switch to select and retract each outrigger
page 73. beam. Refer to Stowing the Mid-Extend Lock Pin below
if crane was operated at mid-extend position.
If crane is setup on outriggers and “On Outriggers” is
selected when programming the RCL, then the OMS NOTE: More than one outrigger beam may be retracted at
indicates to the RCL the horizontal position of each of the a time.
four outrigger beams. When outriggers are at the proper 7. Stow outrigger pads Figure 3-30.
position, the screen icon is transparent; if an outrigger is not

CAUTION
Never push or pull swing joystick through neutral to the
opposite direction to stop swing motion. Automatic swing
brake is activated by the joystick to stop swing rotation.
4 1
To swing boom, activate Swing Enable Switch, push joystick
2 on left hand armrest to the right for right swing (rotates
turntable clockwise), or left for left swing (rotates turntable
counterclockwise). Always operate joystick with a slow, even
3
pressure.
NOTE: Swing brake activates automatically when joystick
y
is returned to the stop or neutral position to prevent
further rotation.
nl
Elevating and Lowering Boom
8751 FIGURE 3-30
Elevating Boom
O
Item Description
1 Outrigger Pad Assembly DANGER
2 Quick Pin with Lanyard Crushing Hazard!
Keep area above and below boom clear of all obstructions
3 Rubber Bumper
3
ce
and personnel when elevating the boom.
4 Cotter Pin
Stowing Mid-Extend Lock Pin

NOTE: If lock pin is wedged in outrigger beam hole, it may
en
be necessary to jog outrigger extend/retract switch

slightly while pulling upward on pin.
Swinging Superstructure
er
DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
ef
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by 1. To elevate boom, activate Lift Enable Switch, push
moving machinery. Before activating swing, sound controller on right hand armrest to the left (raises boom),
steering wheel horn and verify all personnel are clear of and hold until boom reaches desired elevation.
rotating and moving parts.
R
Keep area beneath boom clear of all obstructions and

personnel when lowering boom.
The operator must select proper load chart and RCL
program for outrigger position selected.

Lowering Boom Extending Boom
DANGER DANGER
Crushing and/or Tipping Hazard! Crushing Hazard!
Keep area beneath boom clear of all obstructions and Check Load Chart for maximum load at a given radius,
personnel when lowering boom. boom angle, and length before extending boom with a
Long cantilever booms can create a tipping condition, load.
even when unloaded in an extended, lowered position.
CAUTION
CAUTION Before extending boom, ensure large access cover on top
y
Machine Damage! of boom base section is installed.
When lowering boom, simultaneously let out hoist cable to When extending boom, simultaneously let out hoist cable
nl
prevent two-blocking boom nose and hook block. to prevent two-blocking boom nose and hookblock.
CAUTION Retracting Boom
O
The closer the load is carried to the boom nose, the more
important it becomes to simultaneously let out hoist cable
as boom is lowered.
DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
ce
1. To lower boom, activate Lift Enable Switch, push
controller on right hand armrest to the right (lowers When retracting the boom, the load will lower unless the
boom). Hold until boom lowers to desired position. hoist cable is taken in at the same time
Telescoping Boom Activate telescope function with Telescope Enable Switch,

en
NOTE: Telescope function is controlled by a foot pedal or then push on bottom of pedal to retract boom.
optionally by LH joystick controller. Telescope
Lower and Raise Hoist Cable
modes are selected using the RCL.
Mode Description
er
T2-3 remain retracted until T1 is fully DANGER

B extended. Control system manages Crushing Hazard!
telescoping sequence. Keep area beneath load clear of all obstructions and
T1 and T2-3 have no defined extend or personnel when lowering or raising cable (load).
ef
retract order. Operator controls telescoping

M sequence. Charted capacities strictly based
on boom length, not percentage extension.
No “out of sequence” possible. DANGER
R
Crushing Hazard!
Telescope Control Pedal Do not jerk joystick when starting or stopping hoist.
Activate telescope function with Telescope Enable Switch. Jerking lever causes load to bounce, which could result in
Push top of pedal to extend boom. possible damage to the crane.
NOTE: When load is stopped at desired height, the

automatic brake will engage and hold the load as
long as controller remains in neutral.
Lower Cable
Turn on Hoist Enable Switch. Push main hoist (right hand
armrest) or auxiliary hoist (left hand armrest) controller
forward, away from operator. Hold until hook or load is
lowered to desired height.

Raise Cable 6. Retract all jack cylinders and outrigger beams.

Turn on Hoist Enable Switch. Pull main hoist (right hand 7. Park crane on a stable surface.
armrest) or auxiliary hoist (left hand armrest) controller
toward operator. Hold until hook or load is raised to desired
height.
CAUTION
Avoid Crane Damage!
Hoist Speed Range Selection Do not engage the parking brake while the vehicle is
2. Hold hoist selector switch for 1.5 seconds. moving. Damage to the crane can occur.
Disengage the parking brake before driving. Damage to
3. Double-click hoist enable switch.
the crane can occur.
4. On a dual axis joystick, tap thumb rocker switch towards
operator to enable/disable high speed (persistent state). 8. Apply parking brakes and if necessary, chock wheels.
y
5. On a dual axis joystick, hold thumb rocker switch away 9. Ensure all operating controls are in neutral position.
from operator to temporarily enable/disable high speed
nl
(momentary state). High speed mode is disabled when 10. Shut down engine following proper procedures specified
rocker switch is released. in this Operator Manual and applicable engine manual.
11. Remove keys.
CAUTION
O
12. Close and lock, if applicable, all windows, covers, and
Do not change speeds while hoist is active. Always select
doors.
hoist speed before actuating the hoist up or down
function. 13. Turn battery disconnect OFF if machine will be inactive
for over 24 hours Figure 3-26.
3
ce
Stowing and Parking
Unattended Crane
When parking crane, do the following:
en
DANGER WARNING
Tipping Hazard! Tipping Hazard!
Never park crane near holes, on rocky surfaces, or on soft Changing weather conditions including, but not limited to,
spots. This may cause crane to overturn, resulting in wind, ice accumulation, precipitation, flooding, lightning,
injury or death to personnel. etc. should be considered when determining the location
er
and configuration of a crane when it is to be left

1. Remove load from hook. unattended.
2. Remove or stow boom extensions if equipped. Failure to comply with these instructions may cause death
or serious injury.
ef
3. Fully retract all boom sections.

4. Lower boom to normal travel position. The configuration in which the crane should be left while
unattended shall be determined by a qualified, designated
5. Engage swing brake and swing lock pin. individual familiar with the job site, configuration, conditions,
R
and limitations.

y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R

GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION 4
SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Erecting Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Erecting Boom Extension Fly Section . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Working Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Stowing Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Installing Cable On Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Setting Boom Extension Manual Offset . . . . . . . . 4-16
Erecting and Stowing Bi-fold Boom Extension
y
Anti Two Block (A2B) Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
with 6 m (20 ft) Insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Erecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
nl
Stowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Checking Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Connecting and Disconnecting Boom
Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Reeving Boom Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
O
Connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Installing Wedge and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Removable Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Bi-fold Swingaway, Off-settable Boom Counterweight Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Removing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
ce
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Installing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
en
GENERAL
This section provides procedures for installing the hoist
1
cable on the hoist drum, cable reeving, and erecting and
stowing the boom extension.
4
er
HOIST PLATFORM
ef
DANGER
Do not use platform for hauling passengers. Death or
serious injury could occur. 1
R
No storage of components are allowed on the platform.

Only one person at a time is allowed on the platform.
2
Travel Position
Refer to Figure 4-1.
1. Lower two hoist mirrors (1).
2. Remove two pins and lower rear rail (2). Reinsert pins.
3. Remove two pins and lower side rail (3). Reinsert pins. 4
4. Lift and slide steps (4) into retaining bracket. Pull out on 8625
steps to ensure notch is engaged in bracket. FIGURE 4-1

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL
Working Position 1. Place cable (1) over boom nose sheave and route to
hoist drum (2).
2. Rotate hoist drum so cable slot located on left side of
1. Lift and pull out steps (4) until they hang vertically from drum is easily accessible.
bracket.
3. Insert cable through slot (3) and wedge block (4). Loop
2. Remove two pins and raise side rail (3). Reinsert pins. around anchor wedge (6) and route back through wedge
3. Remove two pins and raise rear rail (2). Reinsert pins. block to clamp (5). Ensure cable is routed over guide in
side of drum. End of cable should extend approximately
4. Raise two hoist mirrors (1) until they lock in position. 50 mm (2 in) beyond clamp. Tighten clamp.
4. Adjust cable so clamp side is snug against guide.
2 Position anchor wedge in wedge block. Pull firmly on
y
1 inside hoist side of cable to secure the wedge.
3
5. If wedge does not seat securely in slot, carefully tap
nl
cable and top of wedge (7) with a mallet.
O
3
4
ce
1
5
en
8627
1
er
1 4
4
ef
7
8627-1 6
8626 FIGURE 4-3

FIGURE 4-2
R
INSTALLING CABLE ON HOIST

CAUTION
If cable is wound from storage drum, rotate reel in same
direction as hoist. 7196
6. Slowly rotate drum and evenly wind first layer of cable.

NOTE: Straighten cable before installing on hoist drum.
7. Install remainder of cable as required.

ANTI TWO BLOCK (A2B) SWITCH

If a hoist rope has been reeved and two A2B switches are
installed, the unused A2B switch must be locked (disabled)
to allow all crane operations.
Locking
CAUTION
If the A2B switch is locked (disabled), the hook block
could hit the main boom head or extension, resulting in
damage to the hook block, main boom head or extension,
and hoist rope. Never lock an A2B switch with a switch
y
weight attached.
nl
1. Remove A2B weight.
2. (A) Remove cap (1) from switch.
3. Pull lanyard (2) down.
O
4. (B) Secure lanyard (2) in this position using cap (1). A2B
8684-2
switch is locked (disabled). FIGURE 4-5
Checking Before Operation

ce
Check the following electrical connections before operating
the crane to ensure the RCL system is properly connected
for the crane configuration.
en
Cranes with Main Hoist Only

If the crane is operated only with the boom and without boom
extension or lattice insert, no additional connections are
necessary. It must however be ensured that the A2B switch
weight is correctly mounted on the main boom hoist rope.
4
er
With even numbers of rope lines, the lifting limit switch

weight shall be attached to the “dead end” of the hoist rope.
With odd numbers of rope lines, the lifting limit switch weight
shall be attached to the rope line with the lowest operating
ef
speed.
If the crane is operated with a main boom extension or top
section, the connecting cable must be mounted between the
distributor socket on the extension or insert, and the
R
8684-1
FIGURE 4-4 distributor socket on the main boom. The main boom A2B
switch weight must be disconnected and mounted on the
Unlocking extension or fly section A2B switch.
NOTE: Always remove the switch lock (enable) before
installing an A2B weight around the hoist rope.
1. (A) Pull down lanyard (2) and remove cap (1). Switch is
WARNING
unlocked (enabled). Failure to reposition the A2B weight will prevent the A2B
system from functioning properly. No weight shall be
2. (B) Install cap (1) on A2B switch. mounted on the A2B switch of the main boom when
working with the extension/top section.

Machines with Main and Auxiliary Hoists Check Hoist limit switch warning light and acoustic alarm as
follows:
If the main boom extension or fly section is not used, then the
bridging plug must be plugged into the distributor socket on 1. Manually raise weight fitted on the A2B switch. As soon
the main boom and the lifting limit switch weight must be as weight is raised, the acoustic alarm should sound and
mounted on the main boom. A2B switch warning should display.
If the crane is operated with a main boom extension and/or 2. Using the main hoist, pull hook block slowly against the
with a lattice insert, then the connecting cable must be A2B switch weight. As soon as the hook block raises the
mounted between the distributor socket on the extension or weight, the acoustic alarm should be triggered, the A2B
on the top section and the distributor socket on the main switch warning should display, and the main hoist should
boom. In addition, weights must be fitted to both the A2B switch off. Lower the hook block slightly to eliminate this
switch of the main boom and the extension or fly section. condition.
y
If the boom extension or lattice insert are in working position 3. Slowly lower the boom to bring about a potential hoist
and if the main boom is not equipped with a hoist rope, then limit situation. As soon as the hook block raises the
weight, the acoustic alarm should sound, the A2B switch
nl
the weight of the A2B switch on the main boom must be
removed to prevent endangering personnel or damaging warning should display, and the luffing gear should
equipment. switch off. Lower the hook block slightly to eliminate this
condition.
After electrical connections have been checked to ensure
O
the system is properly connected for the respective crane 4. Slowly extend (telescope out) the boom to bring about a
configuration, the following checks must be made: potential hoist limit situation. As soon as the hook block
raises the weight, the acoustic alarm should sound, the
1. Check electrical wiring connecting various parts of the A2B switch warning should display, and the telescoping
system for physical damage. function should switch off. Lower the hook block slightly
ce
2. Check A2B switches and weights for free movement. to eliminate this condition.
3. Inspect spring cable drum for smooth running, initial
drum tension, and correct cable winding.
WARNING
en
4. Inspect mechanical and electrical installation of power

If warning indicators and audible alarm do not function as
measurement sockets on the lattice insert (if present). described and crane movements are not switched off, the
system is not working properly. The malfunction must be
corrected before starting work.
WARNING
er
The following tests must be performed with care to 5. If crane is equipped with a boom extension or lattice
prevent personnel injury or crane damage. Proper insert, the inspection procedure must be repeated for
functioning of the CCS requires successful completion of the A2B switch of the extension/top section.
these tests before starting work. 6. Verify display of main boom length agrees with actual
ef
If the operator cannot see the hook block approaching the boom length.
pulley head, this task must be assigned to an assistant
(slinger). 7. Verify display of main boom angle agrees with actual
boom angles.
R
The crane operator must be prepared to stop the crane

immediately if the CCS is not working correctly, i.e. when 8. Verify display of the crane operating radius agrees with
warning indicators do not display, the acoustic alarm does the actual radius.
not sound, and crane movements such as raising, 9. Verify load display by lifting a load of known weight.
extending and luffing are not disabled. Load display accuracy must be within the tolerance
range.
CABLE REEVING
NOTE: 35 x 7 (rotation resistant) cable (wire rope) is used
on this crane.
Within load and range chart limits and permissible line pull,
multi-part lines allow the operator to raise a greater load than
can be raised with a single part line. Various cable reeving

(part line) is possible with the boom nose and hook block, Since state and local laws may vary, alternate attachment
Figure 4-6 and Figure 4-11. Reeving should be done by a methods may be necessary depending upon work
qualified rigger using standard rigging procedures. conditions. If alternate methods are selected, the user is
responsible and should proceed in compliance with the
To quick reeve hook block without removing wedge socket
regulations in force. If there are any questions, contact your
on end of cable refer to Figure 4-6.
local Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care
Do not mix components from different manufacturers. The
selection, installation, and use of a wedge socket assembly
must be in accordance with requirements of the wedge
socket manufacturer and wire rope manufacturer upon
whose wire rope the wedge socket assembly will be used.
Grove specifies size, type, class, and line pulls for wire rope;
y
predominately rotation resistant wire rope, and rigging
accessories such as overhaul balls and hook blocks for use
nl
with each new crane it manufactures.
Other wire ropes and rigging accessories are available from
various vendors. Different wire rope manufacturers have
differing requirements for construction, handling, cutting,
O
FIGURE 4-6 s e i z i n g , i n s ta l l a t i o n , t e r m i n a t i o n , i n s p e c t i o n , a n d
replacement of wire ropes they produce. Their advice should
Reeving Boom Cable be sought for each specific type of wire rope a crane user
intends to install on a mobile crane.
ce
CAUTION When assembly is complete, raise boom to a working
Do not reeve auxiliary hoist rope through the rope grab. position with a load suspended to firmly seat wedge and rope
in socket before crane is used operationally.
Always reeve main hoist wire rope through rope grab (1).
Always reeve auxiliary hoist rope outside rope grab. CAUTION
en
NOTE: Also use the rope grab when using the Main Hoist If socket is not positioned with flat face toward boom
with lattice inserts. sections, structural damage will occur.
DEAD-END RIGGING/WEDGE SOCKETS

4
er
1
ef
R
FIGURE 4-8
When anchoring socket to the boom, ensure flat face of

7053 socket is toward boom sections as shown in Figure 4-8.
FIGURE 4-7
INSTALLING WEDGE AND SOCKET
Wedge socket assemblies are popular rigging accessories
1. Inspect wedge and socket. Remove rough edges and
used for decades to terminate wire ropes on mobile cranes.
burrs.
A wedge socket assembly is easily installed and dismantled,
but must be installed and used correctly. Use only a wedge 2. Seize wire rope end using soft or annealed wire or
and socket of the correct size for the rope fitted. Failure to do strand. If end of rope is welded, welded end should be
so may result in rope pulling through fitting. cut off. This allows distortion of the rope strands, caused

by the bend around the wedge, to adjust themselves at Figure 4-10 shows methods for securing dead-ends of wire
the end of the line. ropes in a wedge socket assembly. While the loop-back
method (C, D, E) is acceptable, take care to prevent the loop
3. Make sure live end side (Figure 4-9) of rope is directly in
b e c om i n g e n tan g l e d w i t h t r e e br a n c he s a n d o t h er
line with ears of socket and direction of pull to which the
components during crane transport, or the anti-two block
rope will be subjected. If rope is loaded into socket
system and other components during crane operation.
incorrectly, under a load the rope will bend as it leaves
the socket. The edge of the socket will wear into the rope
causing damage and eventual failure. 1 2
Live End
y
Dead End
nl
A B C D E F
O
5337 FIGURE 4-10
Incorrect Of methods shown, Grove prefers method A or F be used on
Correct
FIGURE 4-9 Grove cranes, i.e., clipping a short piece of wire rope to the
dead-end or using a commercially available specialty clip (1)
4. Insert wire rope end in socket, form a loop in the rope,
ce
or wedge (2). It is recommended the dead-end tail length be
and route rope back through socket allowing the “dead” a minimum of 6 rope diameters, but not less than 15.2 cm
end to protrude from the socket. Ensure dead end of the (6 in) for standard 6 to 8 strand ropes and 20 rope diameters,
rope is long enough to apply end treatment after wedge but not less than 15.2 cm (6 in) for rotation resistant wire
is seated. ropes.
en
5. Insert wedge in loop. Pull live end of rope until wedge When using method A, place a wire rope clip around the
and rope are snug inside socket. It is recommended dead end by clamping a short extra piece of rope to the rope
wedge be seated inside socket to properly secure the dead end. DO NOT CLAMP LIVE END. U-bolt should bear
wire rope using the crane’s hoist to first apply a light load against the dead end. Clip saddle should bear against the
to the live line. short extra piece. Torque U-bolts to values listed in Table 4-1.
er
6. After final pin connections are made, increase loads NOTE: Use of swivels is not allowed with non-rotation
gradually until wedge is properly seated. resistant wire ropes.
7. Wire rope and wedge must be properly secured inside Other sources for information with which crane users should
ef
socket before placing crane into lifting service. It is the be familiar and follow is provided by the American Society of
wedge that secures the wire rope inside the socket. The Mechanical Engineers, American National Standard, ASME
dead-end treatment is used to keep wedge from B30.5, latest revised. ASME (formerly ANSI) B30.5 applies
becoming dislodged from socket should the rope to cableways, cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and
R
suddenly become unloaded from the headache ball or slings.

hook block striking the ground, etc.

It states, in section 5-1.7.3, “(c) Swagged, compressed, or Table 4-1. Wire Rope Clip Torque Values
wedge socket fittings shall be applied as recommended by Clip Size Torque*
the rope, crane or fitting manufacturer.” Wire ropes are mm In Nm ft-lb
addressed in ASME B30.5, section 5-1.7.2, ROPES, It 3.18 1/8 6 4.5
states, in pertinent part, “(a) The ropes shall be of a 4.76 3/16 10 7.5
construction recommended by the rope or crane 6.35 1/4 20 15
manufacturer, or person qualified for that service.” Additional
7.94 5/16 40 30
information is published by the Wire Rope Technical Board in
13.28 3/8 60 45
Wire Rope Users Manual, latest revision.
11.11 7/16 90 65
12.70 1/2 90 65
14.29 9/16 130 95
15.88 5/8 130 95
y
19.05 3/4 175 130
22.23 7/8 300 225
nl
25.40 1 300 225
28.58 1-1/8 300 225
31.75 1-1/4 490 360
38.68 1-3/8 490 360
O
38.10 1-1/2 490 360
*Torque values are based on threads being clean, dry,
and free of lubrication.
ce
en
4
er
ef
R

Upper Boom
Nose Sheaves
Bottom Boom
Nose Sheaves
y
nl
O
Ball
ce
SINGLE PART LINE
en
8974
er
0° OFFSET
ef
R
40° OFFSET
8643-2 20° OFFSET
8643-3
SINGLE PART LINE USING BOOM EXTENSION
FIGURE 4-11

Upper Boom
Nose Sheaves
To Main Hoist
Bottom Boom
Nose Sheaves
y
nl
Boom Nose
Dead End
Hookblock
O
ce
Sheaves
EIGHT PARTS LINE

en
Upper Boom To Main Hoist

Nose Sheaves
4
er
ef
Bottom Boom
Hookblock Nose Sheaves
Sheaves
R
Boom Nose
Dead End
TEN PARTS LINE
FIGURE 4-11 continued

To Main Hoist
Aux Boom Nose
Bottom Boom
Nose Sheaves
y
nl
O
Hookblock Boom Nose
Sheaves Dead End
ce
ELEVEN PARTS LINE
en
To Main Hoist
Aux Boom Nose

er
Bottom Boom
Nose Sheaves
ef
Boom Nose
Dead End
R
Hookblock
Sheaves
TWELVE PARTS LINE

BI-FOLD SWINGAWAY, OFF-SETTABLE

BOOM EXTENSION
Description
A 10 m to 17 m (33 ft to 56 ft) bi-fold swingaway, manual off-
settable boom extension provides additional boom reach.
The boom extension weighs approximately 1,102 kg FIGURE 4-12
(2,430 lb).
NOTE: If erecting boom extension base section with boom
The boom extension is stowed on the right side of the boom extension fly section, skip to step 11.
base and is easily attached or removed from the boom nose
using a remotely operated electric extension support and two If erecting boom extension base section without
boom extension fly section, perform steps 9 and
y
stowage pins.
10.
Throughout the following instructions the lattice section
9. Move locking bar (9, Figure 4-20; 2, Figure 4-13) to
nl
portion of the boom extension is referred to as the boom
extension base section and the solid steel boxed section boom base attachment bar (1) and install pin (3). Secure
portion is referred to as the boom extension fly section. with retaining clip.
O
DANGER 2
Before attempting to erect or stow the boom extension,
read and follow all safety decals installed on the boom,
3
ce
boom nose, boom extension, and stowage brackets. 3
Lifting over the boom extension base section is strictly
prohibited when boom extension fly section is erected or
folded along side of the boom extension base section.
2
en
Erecting Boom Extension 1

1. Fully extend and set outriggers. 1
6642-8
4
er
6642-9
2. Position boom over front of crane.
3. Fully retract the boom. FIGURE 4-13
4. Lower boom to minimum elevation.

ef
5. Lower front outriggers until front wheels are on ground. DANGER

NOTE: Auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) does not Uncontrolled movement of the boom extension fly section
have to be removed. If reeved, remove hoist cable can cause death, injuries, or damage to equipment.
R
from sheave. Ensure attachment pin securing the boom extension fly
section to the boom extension fly section rear stowage
6. Rig main hoist or optional auxiliary hoist cable for single
bracket is in place
part line with only wedge socket on cable end.
10. Remove attachment pin connecting the boom extension
CAUTION fly section to the boom extension base section. Stow
If boom extension fly section is not to be erected, attachment pin in the stowage holder on the boom
disconnect it from boom extension base section and keep extension base section and secure with retaining clip.
attached to boom stowage brackets on main boom base. Skip to step 12.
7. Attach rope to tip of boom extension base section to help 11. Remove attachment pin securing the boom extension fly
swing it around to the front of the boom nose. section to the rear stowage bracket assembly (1,
Figure 4-20) on the boom base. Stow attachment pin in
8. Remove caps and connect boom extension mount the stowage holder on the boom extension base section
control pendant to connector on front of boom base. and secure with retaining clip.

12. Using control pendant, extend middle stowage

bracket(10, Figure 4-20) until boom extension base
section anchor fittings align with boom nose attachment
fittings.
13. Remove attachment pins from stowage lugs on right
side of boom extension base section and install into
upper and lower right anchor and attachment fittings of
the boom extension base section and boom nose.
Secure each attachment pin with a retaining clip.
14. Disconnect control pendant and replace caps.
15. Remove lock hitch pin (13, Figure 4-20) securing boom
y
extension base section to the front stowage bracket (5,
Figure 4-20) on the boom base. Stow lock hitch pin in
the stowage holder underneath the stowage bracket and
nl
4
secure with retaining clip.
8177-2 1 3
2
O
DANGER
Item Description
When erecting the boom extension base section, keep all
personnel and equipment clear of swing path. 1 Boom Extension
Uncontrolled movement of the boom extension base 2 Boom Nose
ce
section can cause death, injuries, or damage to
3 Alignment Jack
equipment.
4 Alignment Jack Handle
16. Raise boom slightly above horizontal.
FIGURE 4-14
17. Extend boom until boom extension base section is clear
en
of the middle stowage bracket ramp (10, Figure 4-20) 21. Retract alignment jack to its original position. Return
and the front stowage bracket pins (14, Figure 4-20) on jack handle to its stowed position on left side of the boom
front stowage bracket assembly (5, Figure 4-20) nose.
18. Slightly raise or lower boom to help control the boom
er
extension swing. Using rope attached to tip of the boom

extension base section, swing boom extension base DANGER
section in front of the boom nose until boom extension Do not attempt to erect the boom extension fly section
base section anchor fittings engage with left side boom unless it was attached to the boom extension base
nose attachment fittings. section during initial erection procedure.
ef
22. If required, erect the boom extension fly section by

DANGER performing the procedures under Erecting Boom
Extension Fly Section, page 4-13.
R
Do not modify attachment anchors or fittings to allow

installation of the attachment pin. 23. Raise and lock the mast assembly (6, Figure 4-20) into
an upright position.
19. Install attachment pin into the upper left anchor and
attachment fittings of the boom extension base section a. Remove mast assembly pin from the stowed
position lug of the mast assembly.
and boom nose. Secure attachment pin with a retaining
clip. b. Raise the mast assembly and install pin in the
20. Using the jack handle (4, Figure 4-14) stored on the left upright position lug.
side of the boom nose, extend boom extension c. Secure with clip pin.
alignment jack (3, Figure 4-14) until the lower left anchor
and attachment fittings of the boom extension base d. Remove cable retainer pin and clip pin from mast.
section and boom nose are aligned. Install attachment 24. Lower boom and remove rope from tip of boom
pin and secure with retaining clip. extension base section.

25. Connect the anti-two block cable(s). Refer to 4. Remove retainer clip (2, Figure 4-15) and remove pin
Connecting and Disconnecting Boom Extension, page (1).
4-21.
26. If only the boom extension base section is erected,
remove cable retainer pins and clip pins from the boom
1
extension base section sheave.
If the boom extension fly section is erected, remove
cable retainer pins and clip pins from the boom
extension fly section sheave.
NOTE: Hoist cable shall not be routed over the boom 2
extension base section sheave when using the
y
boom extension fly section.
27. Route hoist cable over mast sheave, then reinstall cable
nl
retainer pin and secure with clip pin. 6642-24 FIGURE 4-15
If only the boom extension base section is erected, route 5. Slightly raise or lower boom to help control boom
cable over boom extension base section sheave, then extension fly section swing. Using rope attached to tip of
O
reinstall cable retainer pins and secure with clip pins. boom extension fly section, swing it in front of the boom
extension base section until boom extension fly section
If the boom extension fly section is erected, route cable
attachment fittings engage with the left side boom
over roller at rear of boom extension fly section, then
extension base section anchor fittings.
over boom extension fly section sheave. Reinstall cable
retainer pins and secure with clip pins. 6. Install attachment pin into left anchor and attachment
ce
fittings of the boom extension base section and boom
NOTE: Do not reeve hoist cable through sheaves on boom
extension fly section. Secure attachment pin with
nose.
retaining clip.
28. Rig hoist cable.
7. Lower boom and remove rope from tip of the boom
en
29. If required, set boom extension offset to 20° or 40°. extension fly section.
Refer to Setting Boom Extension Manual Offset, page 4-
16. Stowing Boom Extension
Erecting Boom Extension Fly Section NOTE: Boom extension must be set at 0° offset. Refer to
Setting Boom Extension Manual Offset, page 4-16.
4
er

1. Attach rope to tip of boom extension fly section to help
1. Fully extend and set outriggers.
swing it around to the front of the boom extension base
ef
section. 2. Position boom over front of crane.

2. Ensure attachment pin securing the right side of the 3. Fully retract all boom sections.
boom extension base section to the boom extension fly
section is in place. 4. Set offset to 0° if not already done so. Refer to Setting
R
Boom Extension Manual Offset, page 4-16.

3. Position boom to horizontal.
6. Lower front outriggers until front wheels are on ground.
DANGER 7. If the boom extension fly section is erected, remove the
When erecting the boom extension fly section, ensure all clip pins and cable retaining pins at the boom extension
personnel and equipment are kept clear of swing path. fly section sheave, then remove the hoist cable.
Uncontrolled movement of the boom extension fly section Reinstall cable retaining pins and secure with clip pins.
can cause death, injuries, or damage to equipment. If only the boom extension base section is erected,
remove the clip pins and cable retaining pins at the
boom extension base section sheave, then remove the

hoist cable. Reinstall cable retaining pins and secure e. Connect locking bar (9, Figure 4-20; 1, Figure 4-16)
with clip pins. to boom extension base section attachment bar (2)
using pin (3). Secure with retaining clip.
Remove the clip pin and cable retaining pin at the mast
sheave (6, Figure 4-20), then remove the hoist cable.
Reinstall cable retaining pins and secure with clip pins. 2
8. Stow mast assembly: 1

a. Remove pin from the upright position lug of the mast
assembly.
b. Lower the mast assembly and install the pin in the
3
stowed position lug.
y
c. Secure with clip pin.
9. Disconnect the anti-two block cable(s). Refer to
nl
Connecting and Disconnecting Boom Extension, page 6642-24 FIGURE 4-16
4-21.
10. If erected, stow boom extension fly section as follows: 11. Lower boom to minimum elevation and remove rope.
O
a. Attach rope to the boom extension fly section tip. 12. Attach rope to boom extension base section tip.
b. Raise the boom to horizontal. 13. Raise boom to horizontal.

14. Extend boom approximately 12 in so boom extension
base section stowage lugs will line up in front of the
ce
DANGER middle stowage bracket guide ramp (10, Figure 4-20)
When stowing the boom extension fly section, ensure all and stowage pins (14, Figure 4-20) on the front stowage
personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path. bracket assembly (5, Figure 4-20) when the boom
extension is positioned to the side of the boom base.
Uncontrolled movement of boom extension fly section can
en
cause death, injuries, or damage to equipment. 15. Using the jack handle (4, Figure 4-17) stored on the left
side of the boom nose, extend boom extension
c. Remove left attachment pin connecting the boom alignment jack (3, Figure 4-17) until the lower left
extension fly section to the boom extension base attachment pin is free from the anchor and attachment
section. Stow attachment pin in the stowage holder fittings of the boom extension base section and boom
er
on the boom extension base section and secure nose. Remove attachment pin and stow on boom
with retaining clip. extension base section, then secure with retaining clip.
d. Slightly raise or lower boom to help control the 16. Retract alignment jack to its original position, then return
boom extension fly section swing. Using rope the jack handle to its stowed position.
ef
attached to tip of boom extension fly section, swing

boom extension fly section to side of the boom
extension base section.
R

22. Remove upper an lower right attachment pins from the

anchor and attach fittings of the boom extension base
section and boom nose. Stow attachment pins in the
stowage lugs on the right side of the boom extension
base section, then secure with retaining clips.
23. Remove caps and connect boom extension mount
control pendant to connector on front of boom base.
y
FIGURE 4-18
nl
4
8177-2 1
3
2 CAUTION
Failure to maintain proper clearance between the boom
O
extension base section anchor fittings and boom nose
Item Description
attachment fittings could cause fittings to contact each
1 Boom Extension other during operation of the boom.
2 Boom Nose
ce
24. Using control pendant, fully retract middle stowage
3 Alignment Jack bracket (10, Figure 4-20).
4 Alignment Jack Handle 25. Ensure the two stowage lugs on the boom extension
base section are fully engaged with the pins (14,
FIGURE 4-17 Figure 4-20) on front stowage bracket (5, Figure 4-20).
en
NOTE: If boom extension fly section and boom extension

base section are being stowed together, perform
DANGER step 26.
When stowing the boom extension base section, ensure
If boom extension fly section remained on boom
4
er
all personnel and equipment are kept clear of swing path.

stowage brackets, perform steps 27 through 28.
Uncontrolled movement of boom extension base section
can cause death, injuries, or damage to equipment. 26. Secure boom extension fly section to rear stowage
bracket (1, Figure 4-20) on the boom base using the
ef
17. Remove top left attachment pin from the anchor and attachment pin. Secure attachment pin with retaining
attachment fittings of the boom extension base section clip.
and boom nose. Stow attachment pin in boom extension Skip to step 29.
base section and secure with retaining clip.
R
27. Remove attachment pin from stowage holder on the

18. Slightly raise or lower boom to help control the boom boom extension base section and use it to secure the
extension base section swing. Using rope attached to tip boom extension fly section to the boom extension base
of the boom extension base section, swing boom section. Secure attachment pin with retaining clip.
extension base section to the side of the boom base.
28. Remove pin (1, Figure 4-19) from boom base
19. Elevate boom and push in on the boom extension base attachment bar (3). Move locking bar (10, Figure 4-20; 2,
section to align the stowage lugs on the boom extension Figure 4-19) to boom extension base section and install
base section with the guide ramp and stowage pins on pin (1). Secure with retaining clip.
the stowage brackets, then fully retract the boom.
20. Fully lower boom.
21. Secure boom extension base section to front stowage
bracket (5, Figure 4-20) on boom base using lock hitch
pin (13, Figure 4-20). Ensure lock hitch pin is pushed in
all the way, then secure with retaining clip.

5. Slowly lower boom until weight is removed from offset

assembly.
2
6. Remove offset clip and pin securing offset assembly in
the lesser degree offset position. If going to maximum
offset stow in the stowage lug. If going to intermediate
1
1 (20°) offset, install in offset hole for that degree of offset.
7. Reeve hoist cable as described under normal erecting
procedures.
2 8. Slowly elevate and telescope boom at the same time so
boom extension does not move off of the blocking until
3 offset assembly takes full weight of the boom extension.
y
Changing Offset from 40° to 20° or 0°
nl
6642-9 6642-8 CAUTION
FIGURE 4-19 Do not overload boom extension anchor fittings or boom
extension base section when lowering the boom.
29. Disconnect control pendant and replace caps.
O
30. Rig boom nose and hoist cable as desired. Operate 1. Extend and set outriggers. Swing boom over front of
crane using normal operating procedures. crane.
Setting Boom Extension Manual Offset 2. Block under tip of boom extension section.
ce
3. Slowly lower boom until weight is removed from offset
assembly.
DANGER
4. Remove clip and pins from offset assembly. Lower boom
Crushing Hazard! until holes for lesser degree offset position align in offset
en
Ensure blocking material is adequate to support weight of assembly. Install offset pin and clip.
extension assembly without tipping or falling.
5. Slowly elevate and telescope boom at the same time so
boom extension does not move off blocking until offset
Refer to Figure 4-11. links take full weight of the extension.
Changing Offset from 0° to 20° or 40°
er
6. Stow mast assembly:

1. Extend and set outriggers. Swing boom over front of a. Remove pin from the upright position lug on the
crane. extension
2. Raise and lock the mast assembly: b. Lower the mast assembly and install the pin in the
ef
stowed position lug.

a. Remove mast assembly clip pin and pin from the
stowed position on the extension c. Secure with clip pin.
b. Raise the mast assembly to an upright position. 7. Reeve hoist cable as described under normal erecting
R
procedures.
c. Install pin and clip pin.
d. Remove cable retainer pin and clip pin from mast.
3. Raise boom above horizontal.
4. Block under tip of boom extension section.
CAUTION
Do not overload boom extension anchor fittings or boom
extension base section when lowering the boom.

y
3
12
nl
4
5
6
O
11
10
ce
9
en
8
8897
4
er
7
ef
R
FIGURE 4-20

14
13
13
y
14
nl
13
14
O
1
ce
14
en
3
12
er
4
5
6
11
ef
10
R
7 8897


Boom Extension Fly Section Rear Stowage
1 8 Offset Link
Bracket Assembly
2 Boom Extension Fly Section 9 Boom Extension Locking Bar
Boom Extension Fly Section Front Stowage
3 10 Middle Stowage Bracket and Actuator Assembly
Ramp Assembly
4 Boom Extension Fly Section Sheave 11 Boom Extension Base Section
Boom Extension Base Section Front Stowage
5 12 Boom Extension Base Section Sheave
Bracket Assembly
y
6 Boom Extension Mast Assembly 13 Lock Hitch Pin
7 Offset Link Pinning Locations 14 Front Stowage Bracket Pins
nl
ERECTING AND STOWING BI-FOLD BOOM 9. Using main or auxiliary hoist cable, lift Insert by the lifting
EXTENSION WITH 6 M (20 FT) INSERT lugs and position it at base end of boom extension.
10. Attach Insert to boom extension by installing the four
O
attachment pins and retainer clips removed in step 7.
DANGER
11. With hoist cable still attached to Insert, lift assembled
Crushing Hazard! unit. Move blocking erected in step 6, 2.4 m to 3.0 m (8 ft
Before attempting to erect or stow bi-fold extension with to 10 ft) ahead of boom nose attachment end of Insert.
ce
insert, read and follow all safety decals installed on boom/
12. Lower boom extension and insert assembly to blocks.
boom nose, boom extension, insert, and stowage
Remove hoist cable.
brackets.
13. Retract boom and lower to minimum elevation.
Erecting
en
14. Rig hoist cable for single part line with only wedge
NOTE: Auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) does not socket on cable end.
have to be removed. However, if reeved, the hoist 15. Extend boom and mate anchor fittings on Insert with
cable must be removed from the sheave. attachment fittings on boom nose. Raise or lower boom
slightly to mate attachment anchor fittings as needed.
1. Fully extend and set outriggers.
4
er
2. Position boom over front of crane. NOTE: If Insert anchor fitting holes are not in lateral
alignment with holes in the boom nose attachment
3. Fully retract the boom. fittings to install the pins, adjust upper and lower
cross strut adjustment screws on the Insert to align
ef

the holes.
5. If not already done so, deploy the boom extension by
performing the procedures under Erecting Boom 16. Remove retainer clips from attachment pins stowed on
Extension, page 4-11, but do not make the anti-two block Insert. Install in attachment and anchor fittings on both
R
connection or hydraulic connection (if required) at the sides of boom nose. Install retainer clips.
boom nose.
CAUTION
6. Extend boom as necessary to permit sufficient
clearance for installation of the 6.1 m (20 ft) Extension
Insert, then lower it until tip of boom extension is laying Do not attempt to swing boom extension to right side of
on the ground. Block under boom extension, insert. Damage to insert may result.
approximately 2.4 m to 3.0 m (8 ft to 10 ft) ahead of the
boom nose. 17. Make anti-two block electrical connections between the
insert and the boom nose and boom extension.
7. Remove four retainer clips and attachment pins that
secure boom extension to the boom nose.
8. Retract boom leaving boom extension on blocking.

18. Slowly elevate boom and remove blocking from under 20. Rig hoist cable.
Insert and boom extension.
21. If required, set offset. Refer to Setting Boom Extension
19. If required, erect the boom extension fly section. Refer to Manual Offset, page 4-16.
Erecting Boom Extension Fly Section, page 4-13
3 1
y
5
nl
O
3
4
7
6
ce
8
en
er
6055
FIGURE 4-21
ef

R
1 Boom Nose Upper Sheaves 5 6.1 m (20 ft) Insert

2 Cable Roller 6 Boom Extension Base Section Attachment Pins
3 Attachment Pins 7 Boom Nose Lower Sheaves
4 Attachment Pin Stowage Holder 8 Boom Extension Mast Assembly

Stowing CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING

NOTE: When removing the insert, the boom extension fly BOOM EXTENSION
section of the boom extension may be in the
erected position or folded against the boom Connecting
extension base section.
Making Electrical Connection Between Boom
1. Fully extend and set outriggers. Extension Base Section and Boom Nose
2. Position boom over front of crane. 1. Remove bypass plug from boom nose splitter
connection and stow on cap near splitter connection.
3. Fully retract the boom.
2. Unwind cable from boom extension base section and
4. Set offset to 0° if not already done so. Refer to Setting
connect to boom nose splitter connection.
Boom Extension Manual Offset, page 4-16.
y
5. Lower boom to minimum elevation. Making Electrical Connection Between Boom
Extension Base Section and Boom Extension Fly
nl
6. Remove cable retainer pins and clip pins from boom Section
extension tip and mast assembly (if required). Remove
hoist cable from boom extension sheave and/or mast. 1. Disconnect cable from boom extension base section
Install cable retainer pins and clip pins. anti-two block switch.
O
7. Disconnect anti-two block electrical connections 2. Connect boom extension base section cable to boom
between the insert and the boom nose and boom extension fly section cable.
extension. 3. Install cap onto anti-two block switch on boom extension
8. If required, stow the boom extension fly section by base section.
ce
performing step 10 under Stowing Boom Extension,
page 4-13. Disconnecting
9. Extend boom approximately 1.22 m to 1.52 m (4 ft to Disconnecting Electrical Connection Between Boom
5 ft). Lower boom until sheave is on ground. Extension Base Section and Boom Nose
en
10. Block under insert approximately 2.4 m to 3.0 m (8 ft to 1. Disconnect boom extension base section cable from
10 ft) forward of boom nose. boom nose splitter connection.
11. Remove retainer clips from four pins in the attachment 2. Install cap on cable and wind cable onto boom extension
and anchor fittings. Remove attachment pins and stow base section for storage.
4
er
in holders on insert.
3. Remove bypass plug from cap near splitter connection
12. Retract boom, disengaging attachment fittings on boom and install in splitter connection.
nose from anchor fittings on insert.
Disconnecting Electrical Connection Between Boom
13. Attach a hook to the hoist cable.
ef
Extension Base Section and Boom Extension Fly

14. Attach hoist cable hook to lifting lugs on insert. Lift Section
assembly and reposition blocking approximately 2.4 m 1. Remove cap from anti-two block switch on boom
to 3 m (8 ft to 10 ft) forward of insert to boom extension extension base section.
R
attachment points.
2. Disconnect boom extension base section cable from
15. While supporting insert with hoist cable, remove retainer boom extension fly section cable.
clips from four pins attaching insert to boom extension.
Remove four pins. 3. Install cap onto plug of boom extension fly section cable.
16. Remove insert and position to one side of crane. 4. Connect boom extension base section cable to anti-two
block on boom extension base section.
17. Position boom and extend to engage boom nose with
boom extension. Install four attachment pins and
retainer clips removed in step 15.
18. If required, stow the boom extension by performing
procedures 8 through 30 under Stowing Boom
Extension, page 4-13.

REMOVABLE COUNTERWEIGHT Counterweight Control Panel

Counterweight control panels are located on each side of the
superstructure between the boom pivot and main hoist. Only
DANGER
one control panel can be used at a time. The crane engine
Falling counterweight can crush and cause death or must be running with parking brake ON and no other
serious injury. functions enabled for system to be fully operational.
Ensure all mounting pins are properly installed and
locked, during and after operating the counterweight
removal system. 9 8 4 2
Counterweight is installed and removed using hydraulic

cylinders controlled by a counterweight control panel located
y
on each side of the superstructure. The counterweight
assembly is held in place by a hydraulic cylinder and locking
nl
pins with pin clips.
Counterweight is lowered or lifted from two centering pins 1
located on the rear deck.
O
DANGER 8658-2
7 6 5 3
Travel is not permitted with removable counterweight on
FIGURE 4-23
carrier deck.
ce
Item Description
1 Main Power Indicator
1 2 2 Keypad Enable
en
3 Horn
4 Lock Cylinder Retract
3
5 Lock Cylinder Extend
4 6 Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower
er
7 Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower

8 Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise
9 Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise
Flashing green LED (1) indicates main power is on. Enable
ef
and Horn buttons are illuminated and active.

7
Three LED’s above each button indicate:
5
R
Green - Function enabled.

Yellow - Error condition.
8658-4 Red - Function not available or system not enabled.

6 FIGURE 4-22
NOTE: The horn button (3) is always active. Enable does
not have to be pressed before using the horn.
Item Description Item Description The Enable button (2) must be pressed and released before
1 Control Panel 5 Leveling Bolts selecting a function. The function must be selected within
five seconds after pressing the Enable button or the system
2 Lift Cylinder 6 Centering Pins
will time out and the Enable button must be pressed again.
3 Leveling Bolt (4 ea) 7 Lock Cylinder
If the Enable button is pressed and held for more than two
4 Counterweight seconds, the red LED will illuminate. No other functions are
available until the button is released and pressed again.

Removing Installing
Refer to Figure 4-23. Refer to Figure 4-23.
1. Position crane on a firm level surface. Fully extend and 1. Position crane on a firm level surface. Fully extend and
set outriggers. set outriggers.
2. Place superstructure in normal travel position with NOTE: Counterweight weighs 9,979 kg (22,000 lb).
counterweight centered at rear of vehicle. Engage
2. Rotate superstructure 90° for clear access to rear deck.
turntable lock.
3. Lift counterweight from transport vehicle and position on
3. Remove locking pins from lock cylinder rods on each
rear deck centering pins.
side of superstructure.
4. Place superstructure in normal travel position with
4. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
y
counterweight centered at rear of vehicle. Engage
Lock Cylinder Retract button (4) until lock cylinder rods
turntable lock.
are completely retracted.
nl
5. Remove lock pins and retaining pins from lift cylinders.
5. Check area is clear around counterweight and carrier
rear deck. Press horn button (3). 6. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
Left (6) and Right (7) Counterweight Cylinder Lower
buttons until cylinder rod ends engage counterweight.
O
Left (6) and Right (7) Counterweight Cylinder Lower
buttons until counterweight is completely lowered on 7. Install lock pins and retaining pins in lift cylinders and
centering pins and rear deck. counterweight.
7. Remove lock pins and retaining pins from lift cylinders NOTE: Operate left or right cylinder as needed to install
ce
and counterweight. pins.
NOTE: Operate left or right cylinder as needed to remove 8. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
pins. Left (8) and Right (9) Counterweight Cylinder Lift buttons
until counterweight engages superstructure and lock
cylinder holes are aligned with lock cylinder rods on both
en
Left (8) and Right (9) Counterweight Cylinder Lift buttons

sides.
until cylinder rods are completely retracted. Reinstall
retaining pins and lock pins. NOTE: Operate left or right cylinder as needed to align lock
cylinder holes with lock cylinder rods.
NOTE: Do not leave cylinder rods extended. Corrosion or
other damage may occur. 9. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
4
er
Lock Cylinder Extend button (5) until lock cylinder rods

are completely extended.
DANGER
10. Install locking pins in counterweight lock cylinder rods on
Travel is not permitted with removable counterweight on each side of superstructure.
ef
carrier deck.
11. Adjust four counterweight bolts and jam nuts to provide a
NOTE: Counterweight weighs 9,979 kg (22,000 lb). consistent stop and proper alignment with pinning holes.
R
9. Release turntable lock. Rotate superstructure 90° for 12. Select proper counterweight operating code on the RCL.
clear access to rear deck. 13. Crane is now ready for operation with counterweight
10. Lift counterweight from carrier deck to transport vehicle. installed.
11. Select proper “Without Counterweight” operating code

on the RCL.

y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R

GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION
SECTION 5
MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Steering and Suspension (Continued). . . . . . . . . 5-16
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Turntable (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Standard Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cab Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
y
Arctic Lubricants and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Cylinder Rod Surface Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
nl
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Boom (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
CraneLUBE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Boom (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Cummins Oil Registration List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
O
Hoist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Rust Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Drive Train (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Drive Train (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Inspection and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
ce
Drive Train (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Steering and Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Areas of Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
en
er
ef
R

MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL
GENERAL When filling and draining crane components, observe the

following:
Following the designated lubrication procedures is important
in ensuring maximum crane lifetime and utilization. The • Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down any
procedures and lubrication charts in this section include drain, or into any source of water.
information on the types of lubricants used, the location of • Always drain waste fluids into leak proof containers that
the lubrication points, the frequency of lubrication, and other are clearly marked with what they contain.
information.
• Always fill or add fluids with a funnel or a filling pump.
Refer to your Inspection and Lubrication Service Log for
routine checks which will help maintain the safety, • Immediately clean up any spills.
dependability, and productivity designed into your crane.
One copy of the Inspection and Lubrication Service Log is LUBRICANTS AND LUBRICATION
y
provided in the original package of manuals shipped with the INTERVALS
crane. Additional copies are available through the
Manitowoc distributor network. The service intervals specified are for normal operation
nl
where moderate temperature, humidity, and atmospheric
Refer to your Service Manual for specific maintenance and conditions prevail. In areas of extreme conditions, the
adjustment procedures. service periods and lubrication specifications should be
altered to meet existing conditions.
O
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
NOTE: All fluids and lubricants may be purchased by
Dispose of waste properly! Improperly disposing of waste contacting an authorized Manitowoc distributor or
can threaten the environment. Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Department.
Potentially harmful waste used in Manitowoc cranes includes
ce
— but is not limited to — oil, fuel, grease, coolant, air CAUTION
conditioning refrigerant, filters, batteries, and cloths which Possible Equipment Damage!
have come into contact with these environmentally harmful Chassis grease lubricants must not be applied with air
substances. pressure devices as this lubricant is used on sealed
en
Handle and dispose of waste according to local, state, and fittings.

federal environmental regulations. The multipurpose grease applied during manufacturing is
of a lithium base. Use of a non-compatible grease could
result in damage to equipment.
er
ef
R

Standard Lubricants
Standard lubricants are used on all Manitowoc cranes unless the crane is ordered with a cold weather package. These
standard lubricants are effective in temperatures down to -9°C (15°F). Refer to TABLE 5-1: for a list of the recommended
standard lubricants.
TABLE 5-1: Standard Lubricants [Down to -9°C (15°F)]

Recommended Lubricant
Lubricant/Fluid Grove Spec.
Type Grade Classification
Axle Gear Oil Petro-Canada Traxon E Syn-
Hoist Gear thetic
y
CITGO, Syntetic Gear Lube
6829014058 Eaton, Roadranger EP 75W-90
nl
Mobil, Mobilube SCH
Shell, Spirax S
Sunoco Duragear EP
O
Engine Oil Conoco Fleet Supreme EC CJ-4
6829104182 15W-40
Mobil Delvac 1300 Super
Hydraulic/Transmission Oil Kendall Hyken 052 Must Meet John
Exxon Torque Fluid 56 Deere Std. JDM
ce
Esso Torque Fluid 56 10W-20 J20c
6829006444 BP-Eldoran UTH & Trak-Tran 9
BP- Blend- 7367
Exxon Mobil 424 10W-30
en
Swing Drive Oil Mobil: Mobilfluid 629 AGMA No. 4 EP

6829100213
Texaco: Meropa 150
Grease, Multipurpose Citgo Lithoplex MP# 2
Texaco Starplex Moly # 2
er
Phillips 66 Philube M
6829003477 NLGI 2
Mobil Mobilgrese XHP 222 Spe-
cial
ef
Chemtool Inc, Lube-A-Boom

Open Gear Lube 6829102971 Fuchs Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
Antifreeze Coolant Old World Industries, Inc. Fleet
R
Charge SCA
6829101130 Mix 50/50
Caterpillar DEAC
Supplemental Coolant
Fleetguard Complete EG
Fleetguard DCA4
5
Additive (SCA) 6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2
Penray Pencool 3000

TABLE 5-1: Standard Lubricants [Down to -9°C (15°F)]

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Fleetguard StableGuard™ Urea
32 Premix
80019225
AdBlue®
TerraCair Ultrapure® DEF
Extreme Pressure 3% Moly Citgo Lithoplex CM2
Grease Mobil Mobilgrease CM-P
6829015304 NLGI 2
Ipiranga IPIFLEX LI-COMP
y
MOLY 2
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

Arctic Lubricants and Conditions Down to -40°C (-40°F) Package

• Coolant heaters (to circulate warm coolant through
Temperatures Below -9°C (15°F) heaters and engine)
Regions with ambient temperatures below -9°C (15°F) are • Fuel line heaters
considered arctic. In general, petroleum based fluids
developed especially for low temperature service may be • Transmission heater
used with satisfactory results in these temperatures. • Battery heater
However, certain fluids, such as halogenated hydrocarbons,
nitro hydrocarbons, and phosphate ester hydraulic fluids, • Engine hood insulation
may not be compatible with hydraulic system seals and wear • Fan clutch
bands. Always check with an authorized Manitowoc
distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care if in doubt of the • Radiator air shutters
y
suitability of a specific fluid or lubricant. • Air diverter box (to allow intake air to be taken in from
When operating in cold weather and regardless of the oil under the engine hood)
nl
viscosity of the crane’s lubricants, always follow the cold • Diesel fired cab heater
weather start-up and operating procedures described in the
Operator Manual to ensure adequate lubrication during • Cold weather alternator
system warm-up and proper operation of all crane functions.
O
• Super-capacitor starting system
Cold Weather Package and Lubricants • Fluids suitable to -40°C (-40°F)
Manitowoc recommends the following cold weather - Arctic windshield washer fluid
lubricants for use with ambient temperatures down to -29°C
ce
- Arctic fuel
(-20°F) (TABLE 5-2) and -40°C (-40°F) (TABLE 5-3). But,
these cold weather lubricants alone are not sufficient to
operate the crane in extreme low temperatures. Therefore, it
is also recommended that the crane be equipped with the
following accessories:
en
Down to -29°C (-20°F) Package

• Battery heater
er

• Fan clutch
• Radiator air shutters
ef
• Air diverter
• Diesel fired cab heater
R
• Cold weather alternator

• Fluids suitable to -29°C (-20°F)
- Arctic windshield washer fluid 5
- Arctic fuel

TABLE 5-2: Cold Weather Lubricants [Down to -29°C (-20°F)]

Hoist Gear thetic
CITGO, Syntetic Gear Lube
Mobil, Mobilube SCH
Shell, Spirax S
y
Sunoco Duragear EP
Engine Oil Shell Rotella® T6 CJ-4
nl
Mobil Delvac 1 ESP
80056036 0W-40
Caterpillar Cat DE0-ULS Cold
Weather
O
Transmission Oil Petro-Canada Duratran Syn- Must Meet John
thetic THF Deere Std. JDM
6829101559 J20c & J20d
Chevron All Weather THF
ce
Texaco TDH Oil SS
Swing Drive Oil Petro-Canada ENDURATEX AGMA No. 4 EP
6829103636 Synthetic EP 150
Mobil SHC629
en
Grease, Multipurpose Petro-Canada Precision Syn-

6829104275 thetic EP1 NLGI 2
Mobil, Mobilith SHC 220
er

Charge SCA Mix
6829101130
Caterpillar DEAC 50/50
ef
Fleetguard Complete EG
Supplemental Coolant Fleetguard DCA4
R
Penray Pencool 3000

Hydraulic Oil 6829006993 Exxon Mobil Univis HVI 26
32 Premix
80019225
AdBlue®
Windshield Washer fluid 90037773 Splash De-icer
Diesel Fuel NOCO Kerosene, 3, UN1223, III NLOCK08
80069407 #1
Product #1
Extreme Pressure 3% Moly Mobil Mobilith SHC 220
Grease 6829104275 Petro-Canada Precision Syn- NLGI 2
thetic EP1

TABLE 5-3: Cold Weather Lubricants [Down to -40°C (-40°F)]

Hoist Gear thetic
CITGO, Synthetic Gear Lube
Mobil, Mobilube SCH
Shell, Spirax S
y
Sunoco Duragear EP
Engine Oil Shell Rotella® T6 CJ-4
nl
Mobil Delvac 1 ESP
80056036 0W-40
Caterpillar Cat DE0-ULS Cold
Weather
O
Transmission Oil Petro-Canada Duratran Syn- Must Meet John
thetic THF Deere Std. JDM
6829101559 J20c & J20d
Chevron All Weather THF
ce
Texaco TDH Oil SS
Swing Drive Oil Petro-Canada ENDURATEX AGMA No. 4 EP
6829103636 Synthetic EP 150
Mobil SHC629
en
Grease, Multipurpose Petro-Canada Precision Syn-

6829104275 thetic EP1 NLGI 2
Mobil, Mobilith SHC 220
er

Charge SCA Pre-charged Mix
6829104212
Fleetguard Compleat EG 60/40
ef
Petro-Canada
Supplemental Coolant Fleetguard DCA4
R
Penray Pencool 3000

Hydraulic Oil 6829006993 Exxon Mobil Univis HVI 26
32 Premix
5
80019225
AdBlue®
Windshield Washer fluid 90037773 Splash De-icer
Diesel Fuel NOCO Kerosene, 3, UN1223, III NLOCK08
80069407 #1
Product #1
Extreme Pressure 3% Moly Mobil Mobilith SHC 220
Grease 6829104275 Petro-Canada Precision Syn- NLGI 2
thetic EP1

CYLINDER ROD SURFACE PROTECTION operating time. The most efficient method of keeping track of
lube requirements is to maintain a job log indicating crane
Steel cylinder rods include a thin layer of chrome plating on usage. The log must use the engine hourmeter to ensure
their surfaces to protect them from corroding. However, coverage of lube points that will receive attention based on
chrome plating inherently has cracks in its structure which their readings. Other lubrication requirements must be made
can allow moisture to corrode the underlying steel. At typical on a time basis, i.e. weekly, monthly, etc.
ambient temperatures, hydraulic oil is too thick to penetrate
these cracks. Normal machine operating temperatures will All oil levels are to be checked with the crane parked on a
allow hydraulic oil to warm sufficiently to penetrate these level surface in transport position, and while the oil is cold,
cracks and if machines are operated daily, protect the rods. unless otherwise specified.
Machines that are stored, transported, or used in a corrosive On plug type check points, oil levels are to be at the bottom
environment (high moisture, rain, snow, or coastline edge of the check port.
y
conditions) need to have the exposed rods protected more On all hoists with a check plug in the drum, the fill plug shall
frequently by applying a protectant. Unless the machine is be directly on top of the hoist, and the check plug level.
operated daily, exposed rod surfaces will corrode. Some
nl
cylinders will have rods exposed even when completely All grease fittings are SAE Standard unless otherwise
retracted. Assume all cylinders have exposed rods, as indicated. Grease non-sealed fittings until grease is seen
corrosion on the end of the rod can ruin the cylinder. extruding from the fitting. One ounce (28 grams) of EP-MPG
equals one pump on a standard 1 lb (0.45 kg) grease gun.
O
It is recommended that all exposed cylinder rods be
protected using Boeshield® T-9 Premium Metal Protectant. Over lubrication on non-sealed fittings will not harm the
Manitowoc Crane Care has Boeshield® T-9 Premium Metal fittings or components, but under lubrication will definitely
Protectant available in 12 oz. aerosol cans by ordering part lead to a shorter lifetime.
number 9999101803 through the Parts Department. Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with grease
ce
Cylinder operation and inclement weather will remove the fittings, such as linkages, pins, levers, etc., should be
Boeshield® protectant; therefore, inspect machines once a lubricated with oil once a week. Motor oil, applied sparingly,
week and reapply Boeshield® to unprotected rods. will provide the necessary lubrication and help prevent the
formation of rust. An Anti-Seize compound may be used if
rust has not formed, otherwise the component must be
en
WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION

cleaned first.
Wire rope is lubricated during manufacturing so strands, and
Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease
individual wires in strands, may move as the rope moves and
gun, or those that have a stuck check ball, must be replaced.
bends. A wire rope cannot be lubricated sufficiently during
manufacture to last its entire life. Therefore, new lubricant Where wear pads are used, cycle components and
er
must be added periodically throughout the life of a rope to relubricate to ensure complete lubrication of the entire wear
replace factory lubricant which is used or lost. For more area.
detailed information concerning the lubrication and
inspection of wire rope, refer to Wire Rope in Section 1- CraneLUBE
ef
Introduction in the Service Manual.

Manitowoc highly recommends use of CraneLUBE lubricants
to increase your crane’s reliability and performance. Contact
LUBRICATION POINTS your Manitowoc distributor for information about Manitowoc’s
R
A regular frequency of lubrication must be established for all CraneLUBE lubrication program.
lubrication points. Normally, this is based on component

Cummins Oil Registration List Safety

Cummins has a program that lists engine oils that it has To lubricate many locations, the engine must be started.
tested to meet its engineering specifications. Listing of After positioning areas of the unit for lubrication, the engine
recommended oils is on QuickServe® Online. Log on to must be turned off and moved areas stable before
quickserve.cummins.com and login with a current username approaching.
and password or create a new account by selecting “Create
an Account” under information, choose Limited Owners Plan
and register. Once logged in, click on the “Service” Tab in the DANGER
top red bar, “Service Tools” mini-tab and “Oil Registration
Lists” link within the Service Tools list. This will load a list of Crushing Hazard!
the different Cummins Engineering Specification numbers. Movement of the superstructure and boom may create a
Select the one that applies to your engine to view the crushing and/or pinching hazard. Failure to observe this
y
registered oils. warning could result in death or serious injury.
nl
TABLE 5-4: Approved Lubricant Reference Table
O
Lube Specification Lube Specification
Lube Specification
Ref. Approved Lubricant Down To TO -29˚C Down To -40˚C
Down To -9˚C (15˚F)
(-20˚F) (-40˚F)
A Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Grease 6829003477 6829104275 6829104275
ce
B Gear Lube (GL-5) 6829014058 6829014058 6829014058
C Fully Formulated Anti-Freeze Coolant 6829101130 6829101130 6829104212
D Liquid Coolant Conditioner 6829012858 6829012858 6829012858
E Tractor Hydraulic Fluid 6829006444 6829101559 6829101559
en
F Engine Oil SAE 6829104182 (15W-40) 80056036 (0W-40) 80056036 (0W-40)

G Open Gear Lube 6829102971 6829102971 6829102971
H Extreme Pressure Gear Lube 682910213 6829103636 6829103636
J Hydraulic Oil 6829006444 6829006993 6829006993
er
K Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 80019225 80019225 80019225

L Extreme Pressure 3% Moly Grease 6829015304 6829104275 6829104275
ef
R

Drive Train
Lube Point Figure Approved Lube
Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Replace filter element
1 Air Cleaner Filter Figure 5-1 --- ---
when indicator shows red.
Fuel filter is located
Change filter every 500 on inside right hand
2 Fuel Filter Figure 5-1 --- ---
hours or 6 months. side of frame beside
engine.
y
• Check level every 10
hours or daily.
nl
• Drain, fill and replace
filter every: 500 hours Through fill cap to
Engine 20 L
3 Figure 5-1 F (0-500 ppm sulfur fuel); FULL mark on
Crankcase Tier 3 (21 qt)
400 hours dipstick.
(500-5000 ppm sulfur
O
fuel); 250 hours
(>5000 ppm sulfur fuel)
Through fill cap to
Engine 20 L hours or daily.
ce
3 Figure 5-1 F FULL mark on
Crankcase Tier 4 (21 qt) • Drain, fill and replace
dipstick.
filter every 500 hours.
• Check coolant level • Check level in
every 10 hours or daily. sight glass at
en
Engine Cooling • Check SCA levels rear of crane.

52.7 L
4 System and SCA Figure 5-1 C, D every 500 hours. • Superstructure
40 qt
Levels • Check coolant for must be rotated
contamination every to access filler
1000 hours. on top of carrier.
er
ef
R

Drive Train (continued)

hours or daily. Through fill pipe to
Transmission, 37.9 L
5 Figure 5-1 E FULL mark on
Torque Converter (55.6 qt) • Drain and refill every
dipstick.
1000 hours or 6 months.
NOTE:
• Check transmission fluid level with engine running at 850 rpm idle and converter oil at 82°C to 93°C (180°F to 200°F). Do not
y
attempt an oil level check with cold oil. To bring oil temperature to this range, it is necessary to work the crane or stall the
converter. Converter stall should be accomplished by engaging shift lever in forward high range with brakes applied and then
accelerating engine to half or three-quarter throttle. Hold stall until required converter temperature is reached and stabilized.
nl
NOTICE
Do not operate converter at stall condition for longer than 30 seconds at one time. Shift to neutral for 15 seconds and repeat
procedure until desired temperature is reached. Excessive temperature, i.e, 120°C (250°F) maximum will damage
O
transmission clutches, fluid, converter and seals.
• Drain oil at 65°C to 93°C (150°F to 200°F).
• Transmission filters are located on the outside left hand frame in the area of the hydraulic oil cooler.
• To add fluid:
a. Fill to FULL mark on dipstick.
ce
b. Run engine at 850 rpm to prime torque converter and lines.
c. Check oil level with engine running at 850 rpm and converter oil at 82°C to 93°C (180°F to 200°F). Add oil to bring
oil level to FULL mark on dipstick.
• 500 hours (0-500 ppm
sulfur fuel)
en
• 400 hours
6 Engine Oil Filter Figure 5-1 Refer to Item 3. (500-5000 ppm sulfur
fuel)
• 250 hours (>5000 ppm
er
sulfur fuel)
ef
R

FRONT
y
2 3
5
nl
O 4
ce
en
8591 6
FIGURE 5-1
er
ef
R

Drive Train (Continued)

Change transmission filter after
Transmission first 50 and 100 hours of
7 Figure 5-2 --- ---
Filter service, then every 500 hours
thereafter.
Clean strainer screen after
Close shutoff valves.
Coolant Strainer first 100 hours and then every
8 Figure 5-2 --- --- Unscrew hex plug to
y
(Cab Heater) 2000 hours or 12 months
clean filter.
intervals thereafter.
nl
Water Separator is
Fuel/Water Drain water trap every 10
Figure 5-2 --- --- located next to
Separator hours or daily.
9 hydraulic oil cooler.
Fuel/Water Change filter every 500 hours
O
Figure 5-2 --- ---
Separator Filter or 6 months.
NOTE: During replacement of the water separator, note direction of the arrow. Arrow must point toward fuel filter
Until
Driveline - Slip
10 Figure 5-2 A grease 500 hours or 3 months. 2 grease fittings.
ce
Joints
extrudes.
FRONT
en
er
8
ef
R
8592 10 10
9
FIGURE 5-2

Drive Train (Continued)

DEF Supply
11 Module Filter Figure 5-3 --- --- Check filter every 4500 hours.
(Tier 4)
Indicator in cab
DEF Tank 18.9 L Check and fill every 10 hours or
12 Figure 5-3 K illuminates when
(Tier 4) (20 qt) daily.
fluid level is low.
y
CAUTION: Use caution when adding Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) to avoid spills during vehicle fill-up.
CAUTION: DEF is corrosive to certain metals and paint and should be washed off with mild soap and water if spilled.
nl
DEF Tank Filter
13 Figure 5-3 --- --- Check filter every 1 year.
(Tier 4)
O
ce
13
en
8899-1 8899-2
er
12 11
FIGURE 5-3
ef
R

Steering and Suspension

Steer Cylinder Until grease
20 Figure 5-4 A 500 hours or 3 months. 8 grease fittings.
Pivot Pins extrudes.
Upper and Lower Until grease
King Pins extrudes.
Tie Rod Pivot Until grease
Pins extrudes.
y
Lockout Cylinder Until grease
Pivot Pins extrudes.
nl
O
23
ce
en
20
er
21
ef
8594
22 FIGURE 5-4
R

Steering and Suspension (Continued)

Fifth Wheel Until grease
Pivots extrudes.
y
nl
24
O
ce
en
8595
FIGURE 5-5
er
ef
R

Axles
hours or 3 months. Fill to bottom of hole
24.6 L
30 Differentials Figure 5-6 B in rear right-hand side
(52 pt) • Drain and fill every of housing.
4000 hours or 2 years.
NOTE: Lube level close enough to the hole to be seen or touched is not sufficient. It must be level with the hole.
When checking lube level, also check and clean housing breathers.
y
CAUTION: Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components and/or invalidate published lubricant intervals.
CAUTION: If the makeup amount is substantially more than 0.23 L (0.5 pt), check for leaks.
nl
Planetary Hubs hours or 3 months.
6.6 L Fill to oil level
31 and Wheel Figure 5-6 B
(14 pt) • Drain and fill every indicated on axle hub.
Bearings
O
4000 hours or 2 years.
CAUTION: Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components and/or invalidate published lubricant intervals.
ce
en
31 31
30
er
8597
ef
R
31 5
FIGURE 5-6

Turntable
Lube Point Figure Approved
Item Lube Capacity Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant
• Check and fill every
50 hours.
Turntable Gear 5.4 L • Drain and fill after Fill to max level on
40 Figure 5-7 H
Box (5.7 qt) first 250 hours and level plug.
every 500 hours or
12 months thereafter.
y
Turntable Gear
41 Figure 5-7 G Coat all teeth. 500 hours or 6 months. Spray on.
and Drive Pinion
nl
Until grease
Turntable extrudes from 2 grease fittings at
42 Figure 5-7 A 500 hours or 6 months.
Bearing entire bearing front of turntable.
circumference.
O
NOTE: Rotate turntable 90° and apply grease to fittings. Continue rotating in 90° increments and grease fittings until
entire bearing is greased.
ce
en
er
ef
40
R
42
8598
41
FIGURE 5-7

Turntable (Continued)
Lube Point Figure Approved
Item Lube Capacity Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant
Turntable Swivel
43 Figure 5-8 G Coat pin. 500 hours or 6 months. Spray on.
Lock Pin
Cab Tilt
Until grease
Tilt Cylinder extrudes from
50 Figure 5-8 A 500 hours or 3 months. Spray on.
Pivot Pins entire bearing
y
circumference.
Until grease
nl
extrudes from 2 grease fittings at
51 Pillow Block Figure 5-8 A 500 hours or 3 months.
entire bearing front of turntable.
circumference.
O
ce
51
en
er
ef
R
50 43
8599
5
FIGURE 5-8

Outriggers
60 Wear Pads Figure 5-9 L --- 50 hours or 1 week. Brush on.
NOTE: Remove outrigger box end cover. Reach inside outrigger box and brush lubricant on underside of top plate.
61 Outrigger Beams Figure 5-9 L --- 50 hours or 1 week. Brush on.
NOTE: Extend beam and brush lubricant on edges of the top and bottom outrigger beam plates where they contact the
sides of the outrigger box.
y
nl
61 61 61 60
O
ce
en
60 61 61 61
8600
FIGURE 5-9
er
ef
R

Lift Cylinder
Lube Point Approved Lube
Item Figure No. Lube Interval Application
Description Lubricant Capacity
Lower Lift Until grease
70 Figure 5-10 L 500 hours or 3 months. 1 grease fitting.
Cylinder Pin extrudes.
70
y
nl
O
8601
FIGURE 5-10
ce
en
er
ef
R

Boom
NOTE: Crane Setup: Machine shall be set up on firm level surface with fully extended outriggers and 9979 kg (22,000 lb)
counterweight installed. Ensure crane is level.
• Boom must be directly over the front with house lock engaged.
• Set boom angle at zero degrees (0°).
• All lubrication points can be accessed by operating crane in the 0001 RCL mode using B boom configuration.
CAUTION: Do not operate crane in RCL bypass to lubricate the boom.
Lube Point Approved
Item Figure No. Lube Capacity Lube Interval Application
y
Description Lubricant
Hook Block Until grease
nl
Swivel Bearing extrudes.
Inspect.
Hook Block
81 Figure 5-11 --- --- 250 hours or 3 months. See note
Sheaves
O
immediately below.
NOTE: Rotate sheaves and check for rough or dry operation. Look for grease leakage. Replace sheave if either is found.
Until grease
82 Headache Ball Figure 5-11 A 250 hours or 3 months. 1 grease fitting.
extrudes.
ce
81
en
er
82
ef
80 80
82
R
8604-1
8604
8603
FIGURE 5-11

Boom (Continued)
NOTE: Crane Setup: Machine shall be set up on firm level surface with fully extended outriggers and 9979 kg (22,000 lb)
counterweight installed. Ensure crane is level.
• All lubrication points can be accessed by operating crane in the 0001 RCL mode using B boom configuration.
Lube Point Approved
y
Telescope Figure 5-12
Coat Apply grease at
83 Cylinder Wear and L Brush on.
thoroughly. assembly or tear-down.
nl
Pads Figure 5-13
Internal Side and Thoroughly
Figure 5-12
Bottom Wear coat all areas
84 and L 250 hours or 3 months*. 23 locations.
Pads - Inner wear pad
O
Figure 5-13
Sections moves on.
Boom Section 2 grease fittings.
Figure 5-12
Rear Upper Until grease
85A and L 50 hours or 1 week*. See note
Wear Pads - Tele extrudes.
ce
Figure 5-13 immediately below.
1
NOTE: In Auto Mode B, extend boom to 21 m (68.9 ft) to align access holes with grease fittings.
Figure 5-12
85B and L 50 hours or 1 week*.
en
Wear Pads - Tele extrudes. See note

2
NOTE: In Auto Mode B, extend boom to 38.5 m (126.3 ft) to align access holes with grease fittings.
Figure 5-12
er

85C and L 50 hours or 1 week*. See note
Wear Pads - Tele extrudes.
3
NOTE: In Auto Mode B, extend boom to 38.31 m (125.7 ft) to align access holes with grease fittings.
ef
Thoroughly
Boom Section Figure 5-12
coat all areas
86 Lower & Upper and L 50 hours or 1 week*. 12 locations.
wear pad
Wear Pads Figure 5-13
moves on.
R
6 grease fittings.
87
Extend Cable
Sheaves
Figure 5-12
and A
Until grease
extrudes.
250 hours or 3 months.
Extend boom to
align access holes 5
Figure 5-13 with grease
fittings.
Figure 5-12 Apply grease to
88 Tele 1 Rollers and L shaft or inner 250 hours or 3 months. 1 location.
Figure 5-13 roller surfaces.
NOTE: *Lubricate items more frequently than interval in table if environmental conditions and/or operating conditions
require.
CAUTION: Do not apply excessive pressure or force when greasing wear pads. This can cause grease fitting to separate
from wear pad. Only apply grease until resistance is felt.

FRONT
XXXX
A B C 8900-2
y
A
nl
87
8900-3
O
ce
en
86 83 84 85c
FIGURE 5-12
er
ef
R

B
88
8900-4
y
86
85b
nl
O
83 84
ce
C
en
er
86
ef
85a
R
8900-5
84
5
FIGURE 5-13

Boom (Continued)
NOTE: Crane Setup: Machine shall be set up on firm level surface with fully extended outriggers and minimum 9979 kg
(22,000 lb) counterweight installed. Ensure crane is level.
• Do not exceed 35 m (115 ft) boom length in Auto Mode A.
• Do not exceed 27.4 m (90 ft) boom length in Auto Mode B.
• All lubrication points can be accessed by operating crane in the 0001 RCL mode using A or B boom configurations.
y
Lube Point Approved
nl
Until grease
89 Boom Pivot Shaft Figure 5-14 L 250 hours or 3 months. 4 grease fittings
extrudes.
O
Upper Boom Apply grease at
90 Figure 5-14 A ---
Nose Sheave assembly or tear down.
Lower Boom Apply grease at
91 Figure 5-14 A ---
Nose Sheave assembly or tear down.
ce
Auxiliary Boom Until grease
92 Figure 5-14 A 250 hours or 3 months. 1 grease fitting.
Nose Sheave extrudes.
Until grease 500 hours or 12
93 Mast Sheave Figure 5-14 A 1 grease fitting.
extrudes. months.
en
Until grease
94 Jib Sheaves Figure 5-14 A 250 hours or 3 months. 2 grease fittings.
extrudes.
er
89 94 94 93 90
ef
87
91
R
8900-1
92
FIGURE 5-14

Hoist
• Check and fill every Oil must be visible in
50 hours or weekly sight glass and level no
4.7 L
100 Main Hoist Figure 5-15 B • Drain and fill every more than 3 mm
(5 qt)
1000 hours or 12 (0.13 in) from top of
months sight glass.
• Check and fill every Oil must be visible in
y
50 hours or weekly sight glass and level no
4.7 L
101 Auxiliary Hoist Figure 5-15 B • Drain and fill every more than 3 mm
(5 qt)
(0.13 in) from top of
nl
1000 hours or 12
months sight glass.
NOTE: Line up Fill/Drain Plug with upper access hole (A). Let hoist sit idle for 20 minutes for an accurate reading. If oil
level is not visible in sight glass, hoist is under filled. Oil escaping from vent plug (B) or more than 3 mm (0.13 in)
O
from top of sight glass is an indication hoist is overfilled. If hoist is over filled, drain oil from the Fill/Drain Plug at the
upper access hole. When replacing oil, align Fill/Drain Plug with lower access hole (C) and drain oil.
Failure to align Fill/Drain Plug with upper access hole before checking oil level will result in an inaccurate reading.
Thoroughly
ce
102 Cable Roller Figure 5-15 A 250 hours or 3 months. Brush on.
coat.
Until grease
103 Hoist Bearing Figure 5-15 A 250 hours or 3 months. 2 grease fittings.
extrudes.
NOTE: Lubricate more frequently than interval indicated if environmental and/or operating conditions required.
en
102 102
er
100 103 103

101
ef
R
8619 8618
5
FRONT FRONT
FIGURE 5-15

Hydraulic
• Use sight gauge on
side of tank, with
894 L boom down and all
Hydraulic Tank Check fluid level every
110 Figure 5-16 J (944.6 gal) outrigger cylinders
(Tank Only) 10 hours or daily. retracted.
(tank only)
• Drain and refill as
necessary
y
NOTE:
nl
• Environmental and other conditions can dramatically affect the condition of hydraulic oil and filters. Therefore,
specific intervals for servicing/changing hydraulic oil, filters and hydraulic tank breathers cannot be set.
However, it is imperative for the continued satisfactory performance of Grove cranes that inspections be
performed on the basis of how and where each crane is used. Airborne and ingested contaminants can
O
significantly reduce the life of oil and condition of hydraulic oil filters and tank breathers.
• Under normal operating conditions, it is recommended that hydraulic oil, filters and breathers be inspected
and oils sampled at least every 3 to 6 months and more frequently for severe operating conditions.
Inspections should be for airborne and/or ingested particles and water that deteriorate and contaminate the
ce
oil (e.g., oil appears “milky” or no longer has a transparent clear to amber color). The return filter by-pass
indicator should be observed daily to determine if the contaminants content may be high. If indicator reaches
red zone or indicates a by-pass condition, hydraulic oil must be sampled. The hydraulic tank breather should
also be inspected to ensure it does not restrict air flow in and out of the reservoir.
• To inspect hydraulic oil, fill a small glass container with a sample of reservoir oil and another glass container
en
with fresh oil. Let samples stand undisturbed for one to two hours, then compare the samples. If reservoir oil
is heavily contaminated with water, the sample will appear “milky” with only a small layer of transparent oil on
top. If the “milky” appearance was due to air foaming, it will dissipate and the oil should closely match the
fresh oil. Should you have any questions, please contact your local authorized Manitowoc distributor.
er
• Hydraulic oil shall meet or exceed ISO 4406 class 17/14 cleanliness level.
Change filter element Oil must be at operating
111 Hydraulic Filter Figure 5-16 --- ---
when indicator is red. temperature.
ef
FRONT
110
R
111
110
8617
FIGURE 5-16

RUST PROTECTION While crane surfaces that are easily seen have the biggest
impact on appearance, particular attention should be given
Manitowoc Crane Group's cranes are manufactured to high to the undercarriage to minimize harmful effects of corrosion.
quality standards, including the type of paint finish
demanded by today's industry. In partnership with our paint Exercise special care and increase frequency of cleaning if
supplier, we are also doing our part to help prevent crane is operated:
premature corrosion of cranes. • on roads where large quantities of salt or calcium are
® applied to treat icy and snowy road surfaces;
Grove cranes are treated with Carwell T32 (CP-90) rust
inhibitor. While a rust inhibitor cannot guarantee that a • in areas that use dust control chemicals;
machine will never rust, this product helps protect against • anywhere there are increased levels of wetness -
corrosion on Grove cranes. especially near salt water;
y
®
Carwell is a treatment, not a coating. It contains no • during prolonged periods of exposure to damp
silicones, solvents, CFCs, or anything that would be conditions (e.g., moisture held in mud), where certain
crane parts may become corroded even though other
nl
classified as hazardous under OSHA Regulation 29CRF-19-
10.1200. The product is a liquid blend of petroleum parts remain dry; or
derivatives, rust inhibitors, and water-repelling/water-
• in high humidity, or when temperatures are just above
displacing agents.
the freezing point.
O
Special equipment is used to spray a light film on the entire
undercarriage and various other areas of each new crane Cleaning Procedures
before shipment. When applied, the product has a red tint to
To help protect against corrosion of Grove cranes,
allow applicators to view coverage. This red tint turns clear
Manitowoc Crane Care recommends washing the crane at
within approximately 24 hours after application.
ce
least monthly to remove all foreign matter. More frequent
Once applied, treatment can appear to leave a slightly “oily” cleaning may be needed when operating in harsh
residue on painted surfaces and until the red tinting fades, environmental conditions. To clean the crane, follow these
could be mistaken for a hydraulic oil leak. While the product guidelines:
is not harmful to painted surfaces, glass, plastic or rubber, it
• High pressure water or steam is effective for cleaning
en
m u s t b e r e m o v e d u s i n g s ta n d a r d s t e a m - c l e a n i n g
the crane's undercarriage and wheel housings. Keeping
techniques.
these areas clean will not only help retard the effects of
This treatment works in various ways: (1) it eliminates the corrosion, but also improve the ability to identify
moisture containing salt, dirt and other pollutants by lifting potential issues before they grow into larger problems.
and removing them from the metal surface; (2) the film
er
creates a barrier to repel further moisture from coming in CAUTION

contact with the metal; and (3) it penetrates crevices.
High pressure water can be forced into spaces and
In addition to the factory-applied treatment, Grove crane infiltrate beyond seals. Avoid pressure washing near
ef
owners must provide proper maintenance and care to help electrical controls, panels, wiring, sensors, hydraulic
ensure long-term protection of their crane against corrosion. hoses and fittings, or anything that can be damaged by
This procedure provides information and guidelines to help high pressure cleaning/spraying.
maintain the paint finish on Grove cranes.
R
The most common causes of corrosion include the following: • Rinse dirt and dust off before washing the crane. Dirt
can scratch the crane's finish during washing/cleaning.
• Road salts, chemicals, dirt, and moisture trapped in the
hard-to-reach areas; • Hard to clean spots caused by road tar or bugs should
be treated and cleaned after rinsing and before washing.
5
• Chipping or wear of paint, caused by minor incidents or Do not use solvents or gasoline.
moving components;
• Wash using only soaps and detergents recommended
• Damage caused by personal abuse, such as using the for automotive paint finishes.
decks to transport rigging gear, tools, or cribbing; and
• Rinse all surfaces thoroughly to prevent streaking
• Exposure to harsh environmental hazards such as caused by soap residue.
alkaline, acids, or other chemicals that can attack the
crane's paint finish. • Allow crane to dry thoroughly. You can accelerate drying
by using compressed air to remove excess water.
NOTE: Polishing and waxing (using automotive-type wax)
is recommended to maintain original paint finish.

Inspection and Repair However, if a crane is used and/or stored in harsh

environments (such as islands, coastal regions, industrial
• Immediately following cleaning, Manitowoc Crane Care areas, areas where winter road salt is regularly used, etc.),
recommends an inspection to detect areas that may reapplication of treatment is recommended sooner than 12
have become damaged by stone chips or minor months, e.g., repeat treatment in 6-9 months.
mishaps. A minor scratch (one that has not penetrated
to the substrate surface) can be buffed with an • Do not apply to recently primered and painted areas for
automotive-type scratch remover. It is recommended at least 48 hours after paint is properly dried and cured.
that a good coat of automotive wax be applied to this For minor touch up areas a 24 hour period is needed for
area afterwards. cure time before applying treatment.
• Any area scratched through to bare metal should be NOTE: Unit must be completely dry before applying
touched up and repaired as soon as possible to prevent treatment.
y
flash rusting. To repair a major scratch (down to bare • Do not allow product to puddle or build-up on weather
metal) or minor damage, follow these procedures: stripping, rubber gaskets, etc. Unit should not have
puddles or runs evident anywhere.
nl
NOTE: Manitowoc Crane Care recommends a qualified
body repair technician prepare, prime, and paint • To ensure proper coverage, product needs to be fogged
any major scratch(es) or minor damage. on the unit.
O
• Use of pressure pots to apply treatment is
recommended.
CAUTION
•
®
Carwell treatment is available in 16 ounce spray
To the extent any damage is structural in nature,
Manitowoc Crane Care must be contacted and consulted bottles from Manitowoc Crane Care (order part number
ce
as to what repairs may be required. 8898904099).
• After treatment application is complete, wash or clean
For scratches and marks in highly visible areas: film residue from lights, windshield, grab handles,
1. Sand to remove scratch. Feather outward from the mark ladders/steps and all access areas to crane, as
necessary.
en
to blend repair into the original surface. Apply body putty

as necessary to hide the defect; then sand smooth. Contact Manitowoc Crane Care should you have any
2. Cover all bare metal with a primer compatible with the questions.
original paint finish and allow to dry thoroughly.
Areas of Application
3. Prepare surface before applying finish coat of paint.
er
Refer to (Figure 5-17) and (Figure 5-18).

4. Apply a finish coat using accepted blending techniques.
Use of original paint colors is recommended to ensure • Underside of unit will have full coverage of the rust
the best color match possible. inhibitor. These are the only areas that a full coat of rust
ef
inhibitor is acceptable on painted surfaces. Areas

For scratches and marks in areas of low visibility: include; Valves, hose end and fittings, Swivel, pumps,
• Consider touching up the spots with a brush technique axles, drive lines, transmission, slew ring fasteners and
to cover the bare metal. This will retard effects of all interior surfaces of the frame.
R
corrosion and enable you to do the repair later during a • Frame application areas are; hose ends and fittings, all
normal maintenance interval. unpainted fasteners and hardware, all bare metal
Spots should be touched up with quality paint. Primers tend surfaces, outrigger pads, and back up alarm hardware.
to be porous; using a single coat of primer only will allow air • Superstructure applications are; hose end and fittings,
and water to penetrate the repair over time. wire rope on hoist roller tensioning springs on hoists, all
unpainted fasteners and hardware, valves, slew ring
Application fasteners and all bare metal surfaces.
Depending on the environment in which a crane is used and/ • Boom applications areas are; pivot pins, hose end and
® fittings, jib pins and shafts, all bare metal surfaces,
or stored, initial factory application of Carwell T32 (CP-90)
should help inhibit corrosion approximately 12 months. headache ball pins/ hook block pins and fasteners.
It is recommended the treatment be periodically reapplied by • All hardware, clips, pins, hose connections not painted
the crane owner after that time to help continue to protect will have treatment applied.
against corrosion of the crane and its components.

y
nl
4
5
O
ce
1
2
18
1 5
en
17 6
7
er
16
1
15 9
ef
14 10
9
8
R
13 12 11
7650-75
5
Picture may not be same model as your
machine, it is for reference only. Figure 5-17

19
7
y
nl
22
20
O
9
9
21
ce
12
en
11
Picture may not be same model as your

machine, it is for reference only. Figure 5-18
er
TABLE 5-5. Rust Inhibitor Application Locations

ef
1 Pivot Shaft 12 O/R Beam Wear Pad Adjustment Hardware

2 Boom Extension Pins, Clips 13 Entire underside of unit
3 Boom Nose Pins, Clips 14 Powertrain Hardware Inside Compartment
R
4 Hook Block/Headache Ball 15 Valve Bank

5 Boom Extension Hanger Hardware 16 Hoist Hose Connections
6 Hose Connections inside turntable 17 Tension Spring
All Hardware, Clips, Pins, Hose Connections
7 18 Wire Rope
not painted O/R Pins, Clips
8 Turntable Bearing Fasteners 19 Counterweight Mounting Hardware
9 O/R Hose Connections 20 Counterweight Pins
10 Hookblock Tiedown Cable 21 Hose Connections
11 O/R Pins, Clips 22 Mirror Mounting Hardware

GRT880 OPERATOR MANUAL
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Anti Two Block (A2B) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Bi-fold Swingaway, Off-settable Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Cab Overhead Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
CCS Working Range Limiter (WRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Connecting and Disconnecting Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Control Seat Assembly - Dual Axis Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Control Seat Assembly - Single Axis Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
y
Crane Control System (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Crane Stability/Structural Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
nl
Cylinder Rod Surface Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
O
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Erecting and Stowing Bi-fold Boom Extension with 6 m (20 ft) Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Foot Pedal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
ce
Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Installing Cable On Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
en
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Miscellaneous Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Model Specific Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Noise/vibration Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
er
Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
ef
Overload Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Pile Driving and Extracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
R
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Removable Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Rust Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Transporting the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Wind Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Work Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Grove 6-1
OPERATOR MANUAL GRT880
y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R
6-2
R
ef
er
en
ce
O
nl
y
R
ef
er
en
ce
O
nl
y

GRT880 Om CTRL643-01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GRT880 Om CTRL643-01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GRT880 Om CTRL643-01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grove GRT880

has of providing you with correct parts and service information.

An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death or

chemical lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to

Operation of this equipment may create sparks that can

The original language of this publication is English.

SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Information

Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Special Operating Conditions and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

SECTION 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Controls and Procedures

Steering Column Tilt Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Right Side Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Seat Frame Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Horn Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Seat Switch (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Economy Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53

Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

Engine Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

Crane Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

SECTION 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set-Up and Installation

Reeving Boom Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Drive Train (Continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

SECTION 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabetical Index

ask the distributor’s service management to coordinate the

If you are the new owner of a Grove crane, please register it

Grove Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01 1-1

Vibration Level Test Results SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION

1-2 Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01

Item Description Item Description

1 Boom Nose Sheaves 16 Fuel Tank*

4 Tilt Cab 19 Auxiliary Boom Nose

7 Counterweight 22 Boom Pivot Pin

Grove Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01 1-3

LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Engine

Model GHP-30A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 L (5 qt) Output Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 in-lb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 L (40 qt) Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to +80 degrees

Stall Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82:1

1-4 Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01

Hydraulic Pumps Hoists

Grove Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01 1-5

1-6 Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01

Wind Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Crane Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . 2-39

Electrical Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

SAFETY MESSAGES be overemphasized. Carelessness or neglect on the part of

Grove Published 8-3-2017, Control # 643-01 2-1

injury if the message is ignored.

CAUTION contact should be made directly with Manitowoc Product

authorized by your Manitowoc distributor and/or Manitowoc

could result in property damage if the message is ignored.

It is impossible to compile a list of safety precautions Phone: 888-777-3378 (888-PSR.DEPT)